This patch changed CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH address to the
accessible DDR address used by alternate memory test.
Before this, 0xfffc0000 address was used, which is the OCM
address and not enabled in MMU table. So, whenever trying
to access 0xfffc0000 address, got Synchronous Abort exception.
After changing CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH address, alternate
memory test is working fine.
Signed-off-by: Vipul Kumar <vipulk@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch is adding support to switch to EL1 while loading an EL1
application with u-boot running at EL above EL1 in aarch64 mode.
Signed-off-by: Nitin Jain <nitinj@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Enable Driver Model and Device-tree support for omapl138 board
in U-Boot. Also enable DM_SERIAL and DM_I2C.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
commit 1601dd97ed ("davinci: omapl138_lcdk: increase PLL0 frequency")
changed the PLL0 frequency to 456MHz, which is needed for the LCDC IP
block. However, in doing so, it caused the PLLOUT clock to be outside
of the allowable specifications given in the OMAP-L138 data sheet. (It
says PLLOUT must be 600MHz max). It also uses a PLLM value outside of
the range given in the TRM (it says PLLM must in the range 0 to 0x1f).
So here is what we have currently:
PLLOUT = 24 / (0 + 1) * (37 + 1) = 912MHz (out of spec)
^ ^ ^
CLKIN PREDIV PLLM (out of spec)
input to PLLDIVn = 912 / (1 + 1) = 456MHz (desired result)
^ ^
PLLOUT POSTDIV
This changes the PLLM value to 18 and the POSTDIV value to 0 so that
PLLOUT is now within specification but we still get the desired
result.
PLLOUT = 24 / (0 + 1) * (18 + 1) = 456MHz (within spec)
^ ^ ^
CLKIN PREDIV PLLM
input to PLLDIVn = 456 / (0 + 1) = 456MHz (desired result)
^ ^
PLLOUT POSTDIV
Fixes: 1601dd97ed ("davinci: omapl138_lcdk: increase PLL0 frequency")
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <david@lechnology.com>
Reported-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
Tested-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
Last user of this driver went away in October 2014 in
commit d58a9451e7 ("ppc/arm: zap EMK boards").
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This patch enables ethernet support for ls1012ardb.
Signed-off-by: Calvin Johnson <calvin.johnson@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Anjaneyulu Jagarlmudi <anji.jagarlmudi@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Contains all the pfe header files.
Signed-off-by: Calvin Johnson <calvin.johnson@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Anjaneyulu Jagarlmudi <anji.jagarlmudi@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Fix NOR, SD and QSPI fallback option in case of secure boot failure.
Signed-off-by: Vinitha V Pillai <vinitha.pillai@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
IFC-NOR and QSPI-NOR pins are multiplexed on SoC, so they cannot be
accessed simultaneously. IFC-NOR can be accessed along with SD-BOOT.
Ls1088aqds_sdcard_ifc_defconfig is default config for SD boot and
IFC-NOR to be used as flash. This allows writing to IFC-NOR flash.
QSPI and DSPI cannot be accessed in this defconfig.
IFC-NOR image is generated using ls1088aqds_defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This patch adds a new type IH_OS_TEE. This new OS type will be used for
chain-loading to Linux via a TEE.
With this patch in-place you can generate a bootable OPTEE image like this:
mkimage -A arm -T kernel -O tee -C none -d tee.bin uTee.optee
where "tee.bin" is the input binary prefixed with an OPTEE header and
uTee.optee is the output prefixed with a u-boot wrapper header.
This image type "-T kernel -O tee" is differentiated from the existing
IH_TYPE_TEE "-T tee" in that the IH_TYPE is installed by u-boot (flow
control returns to u-boot) whereas for the new IH_OS_TEE control passes to
the OPTEE firmware and the firmware chainloads onto Linux.
Andrew Davis gave the following ASCII diagram:
IH_OS_TEE: (mkimage -T kernel -O tee)
Non-Secure Secure
BootROM
|
-------------
|
v
SPL
|
v
U-Boot ------>
<----- OP-TEE
|
V
Linux
IH_TYPE_TEE: (mkimage -T tee)
Non-Secure Secure
BootROM
|
-------------
|
v
SPL ------->
<----- OP-TEE
|
v
U-Boot
|
V
Linux
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Suggested-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Cc: Harinarayan Bhatta <harinarayan@ti.com>
Cc: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Cc: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Link: http://mrvan.github.io/optee-imx6ul
This patch adds optee_verify_bootm_image() which will be subsequently used
to verify the parameters encoded in the OPTEE header match the memory
allocated to the OPTEE region, OPTEE header magic and version prior to
handing off control to the OPTEE image.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Cc: Harinarayan Bhatta <harinarayan@ti.com>
Cc: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Cc: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This patch adds optee_image_get_load_addr() a helper function used to
calculate the load-address of an OPTEE image based on the lower
entry-point address given in the OPTEE header.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Cc: Harinarayan Bhatta <harinarayan@ti.com>
Cc: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Cc: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add a helper function for extracting the least significant 32 bits from the
OPTEE entry point address, which will be good enough to load OPTEE binaries
up to (2^32)-1 bytes.
We may need to extend this out later on but for now (2^32)-1 should be
fine.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Cc: Harinarayan Bhatta <harinarayan@ti.com>
Cc: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Cc: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This patch adds code to lib to enable sharing of useful OPTEE code between
board-ports and architectures. The code on lib/optee/optee.c comes from the
TI omap2 port. Eventually the OMAP2 code will be patched to include the
shared code. The intention here is to add more useful OPTEE specific code
as more functionality gets added.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Cc: Harinarayan Bhatta <harinarayan@ti.com>
Cc: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Cc: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
ppc4xx support was removed some time ago. Lets remove the now unused
"pci_fb" variable from "struct pci_controller" as well.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add first support for STM32MP157C-ED1 board with "Basic" boot chain
1/ Boot Rom: load SPL with STM32 image header in SYSRAM
2/ SPL: power up and initialize the DDR and load U-Boot image
from SDCARD in DDR
3/ U-Boot: search and load extlinux.conf in SDCARD
(DISTRO activated)
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add minimal devicetree for STM32MP157C-ED1 board,
with only the devices to allow boot from SDCARD:
- RCC for clock and reset
- UART4 for console
- I2C and PMIC
- DDR
- SDMMC0 for SDCard
Waiting Kernel upstream for alignment.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This driver implements register read/write operations for STPMU1.
The STPMU1 PMIC provides 4 BUCKs, 6 LDOs, 1 VREF
and 2 power switches. It is accessed via an I2C interface.
This device is used with STM32MP1 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
STM32MP157 bootrom needs a specific header for first boot stage.
This patch adds support of this header in mkimage.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
U-boot proper signature is not verified by SPL on most platforms
even config SPL_FIT_SIGNATURE is enabled. Only fsl-layerscape
platform support secure boot in platform specific code. So
verified boot cannot be achieved if u-boot proper is loaded by
SPL.
This patch add signature verification to u-boot proper images
when loading FIT image in SPL. It is tested on Allwinner bananapi
zero board with H2+ SoC.
Signed-off-by: Jun Nie <jun.nie@linaro.org>
Support several pixel format (8bits, 16bits, 24bits & 32bits).
Add new file st_logo_data.h which contains logo
stmicroelectronics_uboot_logo_8bit_rle.bmp.
Signed-off-by: yannick fertre <yannick.fertre@st.com>
Merge init_helpers.h in the new file init.h
with only prototypes for init_cache_f_r
used in common/board_f.c
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Move prototypes for function used in common/board_f.c
from common.h to init.h
Remove weak for arch_reserve_stacks in prototype
(checkpatch issue)
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
The 2 functions board_power_mode and board_poweroff
are no more existing in U-Boot code (check with grep)
This patch updates the documentation and removes
the unnecessary prototypes.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Remove the prototypes for 4 functions no more existing
in U-Boot code (checked by grep):
- checkflash
- checkdram
- mdm_init
- setup_board_extra
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add a new file init.h with the prototype for arch_cpu_init
Add a prototype for mach_cpu_init() to avoid a warning:
no previous prototype for ‘mach_cpu_init’
It is a first step to move all the functions prototype
used during U-Boot initialization (board_f.c / board_r.c)
from common.h to init.h
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_CONS_INDEX
We have existing entries for this option in a number of places, with
different guards on them. They're also sometimes used for things not
directly inside of the serial driver. First, introduce a new symbol to
guard the use of CONFIG_CONS_INDEX, so that in the case where we don't
need this for the serial driver, but for some other use, we can still do
it. Next, consolidate all of these into the single entry in
drivers/serial/Kconfig. Finally, introduce CONS_INDEX_[023456] so that
we can imply a correct value here to make the defconfig side of this
smaller.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
[trini: Rework a lot of the logic here, such that I took authorship from
Adam, but kept his S-o-B line]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This patch updates the default u-boot env for K2L HS devices
to install the secure boot monitor and load the fitImage during
boot.
Signed-off-by: Madan Srinivas <madans@ti.com>
Acked-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The kernel size is getting bigger and bigger. Because the Android
common kernel is even bigger than the vanilla one, so images overlap
in the current memory layout.
Adjust the load address for a bigger kernel image.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
If a bigger EL32 is used, fip.bin can be larger than the currently
assumed boot firmware size. Adjust the update commands.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This commit does the following for OMAP3 EVM:
- Track omap3_beagle changes where possible
- Remove CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK and CONFIG_MTD which are not needed for the
default board configuration to work.
- Remove CONFIG_SPL_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE and CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN from
default config. CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN=0x400 is set by configuration
automatically. [allows board to boot with SERIAL_SEARCH_ALL=y]
- Use updated NAND layout:
device nand0 <omap2-nand.0>, # parts = 6
#: name size offset
-------------------------------------------------
0: spl 0x00080000(512k) 0x00000000
1: u-boot 0x001e0000(1920k) 0x00080000
2: u-boot-env 0x00020000(128k) 0x00260000
3: dtb 0x00020000(128k) 0x00280000
4: kernel 0x00600000(6m) 0x002a0000
5: rootfs 0x0f760000(-) 0x008a0000
-------------------------------------------------
Signed-off-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
This commit does the following for BeagleBoard{-xM}:
- Enable DM_SERIAL which also enables SPL_DM_SERIAL
- Misc. config updates in support of DM_SERIAL
- Use updated NAND layout (BeagleBoard):
device nand0 <omap2-nand.0>, # parts = 6
#: name size offset
-------------------------------------------------
0: spl 0x00080000(512k) 0x00000000
1: u-boot 0x001e0000(1920k) 0x00080000
2: u-boot-env 0x00020000(128k) 0x00260000
3: dtb 0x00020000(128k) 0x00280000
4: kernel 0x00600000(6m) 0x002a0000
5: rootfs 0x0f760000(-) 0x008a0000
-------------------------------------------------
- Use MMC and UBIFS support from config_distro_bootcmd.h
- Use LEGACY_MMC and NAND support defined in omap3_beagle.h
[MMC(0:1)/extlinux/extlinux.conf]
---8<-------------------------------------------------------------------
default omap3-beagle-mmc-fat
label omap3-beagle-mmc-fat
kernel /zImage
fdt /omap3-beagle.dtb
append console=ttyO2,115200n8 root=/dev/mmcblk0p2 rw rootfstype=ext4 rootwait
---8<-------------------------------------------------------------------
[LEGACY_MMC(0:2)/boot/extlinux/extlinux.conf]
---8<-------------------------------------------------------------------
default omap3-beagle-mmc-ext4
label omap3-beagle-mmc-ext4
kernel /boot/zImage
fdt /boot/omap3-beagle.dtb
append console=ttyO2,115200n8 root=/dev/mmcblk0p2 rw rootfstype=ext4 rootwait
---8<-------------------------------------------------------------------
[UBIFS(ubi0:rootfs)/boot/extlinux/extlinux.conf]
---8<-------------------------------------------------------------------
default omap3-beagle-nand-ubifs
label omap3-beagle-nand-ubifs
kernel /boot/zImage
fdt /boot/omap3-beagle.dtb
append console=ttyO2,115200n8 root=ubi0:rootfs rw ubi.mtd=rootfs rootfstype=ubifs rootwait
---8<-------------------------------------------------------------------
The board's 'bootcmd' can also be overridden with:
CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND="run findfdt; run mmcboot"
CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND="run findfdt; run nandboot"
CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND="run findfdt; run ramboot"
or
CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND="run findfdt; run somethingelse"
The use of 'run findfdt' is required.
Signed-off-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
Get the start address and the size of partitions using partition names
rather than partition numbers. This way we can change the partition
table further without changing the boot code.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
DSI clock is available on STM32F769-disco and
STM32F469-disco board.
Signed-off-by: Yannick Fertre <yannick.fertre@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Use available DM stm32_timer driver instead of dedicated
mach-stm32/stm32fx/timer.c.
Remove all defines or files previously used for timer usage in
arch/arm/include/asm/arch-stm32fx and in arch/arm/mach-stm32/stm32fx
Enable DM STM32_TIMER for STM32F4/F7 and H7.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Booting a aarch64 Linux kernel requires the image to be placed
text_offset bytes from a 2MB aligned address.
See https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt
booti_setup() takes care about this alignment and will relocate the
image if not properly aligned with memmove(). This can require up
to double the size of the loaded image and therefore accidentally
overwrite content placed there (i.e ramdisk_addr_r) for large kernel
images.
By adding text_offset to the default kernel_addr_r we can prevent that
from happening for kernels larger 18MB and also save a few cycles.
We can assume a text_offset of 0x80000 for most cases, all others will be
handled by booti_setup() anyway.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
CONFIG_PHY_ADDR is used for old-style configuration. This makes
impossible changing the PHY address, if multiple boards share a same
config header file (for example include/configs/sunxi-common.h).
Moving this to Kconfig helps overcoming this issue. It's defined
as entry inside PHYLIB section.
After the implemention, moveconfig was run. The issues are:
- edb9315a - CONFIG_PHYLIB is not enabled. Entry is
deleted.
- ds414 - CONFIG_PHYLIB is in incompatible format:
{ 0x1, 0x0 }. This entry is also deleted.
- devkit3250 - The PHY_ADDR is in hex format (0x1F).
Manually CONFIG_PHY_ADDR=31 is added in
the defconfig.
After the changes the suspicious defconfigs passes building.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Mavrodiev <stefan@olimex.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
[jagan: rebased on master]
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
The following config symbols are only defined once and never referenced
anywhere else:
CONFIG_AT91SAM9263EK
CONFIG_AT91SAM9RLEK
CONFIG_BARIX_IPAM390
CONFIG_BOARD_H2200
CONFIG_EP9301
CONFIG_KZM_A9_GT
CONFIG_PICOSAM
CONFIG_PLATINUM_PICON
CONFIG_PLATINUM_TITANIUM
CONFIG_PM9261
CONFIG_PM9263
CONFIG_PM9G45
CONFIG_SIEMENS_DRACO
CONFIG_SIEMENS_PXM2
CONFIG_SIEMENS_RUT
CONFIG_SMDKC100
CONFIG_SMDKV310
CONFIG_STM32F4DISCOVERY
Most of them are config symbols named after the respective boards which
seems to have been a standard practice at some point.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
The following config symbols are only defined once and never referenced
anywhere else:
CONFIG_ARM926EJS
CONFIG_CPUAT91
CONFIG_EXYNOS5800
CONFIG_SYS_CORTEX_R4
Most of them are config symbols named after the respective SoCs which
seems to have been a standard practice at some point.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
The following config symbols are only defined once and never referenced
anywhere else:
CONFIG_DBAU1X00
CONFIG_PB1X00
Most of them are config symbols named after the respective boards which
seems to have been a standard practice at some point.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
The @gdsys.cc addresses are supposed to be used for mailing lists.
Switch all occurrences of @gdsys.de mail addresses to their @gdsys.cc
equivalent.
Also, Dirk's address was wrong in one place; fix that as well.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <six@gdsys.cc>
CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE determines the maximum length of the kernel command
line, and the default value of 256 is too small for booting some Linux
images in the wild.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Support special rendition code 0 - reset attributes.
Support special rendition code 1 - increased intensity (bold).
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use constants to refer to colors.
Adjust initialization of foreground and background color to avoid
setting reserved bits.
Consistently u32 instead of unsigned for color bit mask.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Thomas reported U-Boot failed to build host tools if libfdt-devel
package is installed because tools include libfdt headers from
/usr/include/ instead of using internal ones.
This commit moves the header code:
include/libfdt.h -> include/linux/libfdt.h
include/libfdt_env.h -> include/linux/libfdt_env.h
and replaces include directives:
#include <libfdt.h> -> #include <linux/libfdt.h>
#include <libfdt_env.h> -> #include <linux/libfdt_env.h>
Reported-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Rename CONFIG_SPL_USBETH_SUPPORT to CONFIG_SPL_USB_ETHER.
This enables users to block text using CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() instead
of resorting to #if ladders with SPL and non-SPL cases.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Import the R8A77965 M3N DT from Linux 4.16-rc1 .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
This patch added Kconfig support for CONFIG_ZYNQ_SDHCI_MIN_FREQ
and enabled it in respective defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Vipul Kumar <vipulk@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch added Kconfig support for CONFIG_ZYNQ_SDHCI_MAX_FREQ
and enabled it in respective defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Vipul Kumar <vipulk@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch added Kconfig support for CONFIG_XILINX_GPIO
and enabled it in respective defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Vipul Kumar <vipulk@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch added Kconfig support for CONFIG_ZYNQ_I2C0 and
CONFIG_ZYNQ_I2C1 and enabled it in respective defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Vipul Kumar <vipulk@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch added Kconfig support for CONFIG_ZYNQ_GEM_I2C_MAC_OFFSET
and enabled it in respective defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Vipul Kumar <vipulk@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch added Kconfig support for CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED
and set it to default value 100000.
Signed-off-by: Vipul Kumar <vipulk@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch added Kconfig support for CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE
and set it default to 0.
Signed-off-by: Vipul Kumar <vipulk@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch added Kconfig support for CONFIG_FPGA_ZYNQPL and migrates the
values over to the defconfigs.
Signed-off-by: Vipul Kumar <vipulk@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
This patch added Kconfig support for FPGA_SPARTAN3 and migrates the
values over to the defconfigs.
Signed-off-by: Vipul Kumar <vipulk@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Enable networking command only when NET is enabled.
And remove selecting NET for CMD_NET
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The u-boot-spl.srec is needed for the minimon update on Gen2 SoCs,
conveniently generate this file if SPL is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The u-boot-elf.srec is needed for the minimon update on Gen3 SoCs,
conveniently generate this file.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Add support for a new boards from devboards.de , the DBM-SoC1 .
This board has one ethernet port, one USB OTG port and USB UART.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Migrate the users of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR to Kconfig. We can
provide a default for BOOTCOUNT_AM33XX as that's a specific part of the
RTC in use. We can also provide a default for ARCH_LS1043A and
ARCH_LS1021A as they had been previously calculated and their symbols
are in Kconfig. In the case of other QE-enabled platforms, they are not
so we must update the relevant defconfig files. The previous default
only applied in some cases, even on a specific SoC family.
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
Signed-off-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
Signed-off-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
Signed-off-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_AM33XX
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Schmelzer <hannes.schmelzer@br-automation.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Schmelzer <hannes.schmelzer@br-automation.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
With the contents of config_distro_defaults.h migrated to Kconfig,
we can remove this header file completely
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
CONFIG_BOOTP_PXE
CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP
CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD
CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
[trini: Re-run the migration]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We need to get ofnode from a phandle, add interface to support
both live dt and fdt.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The Rockchip video drivers need to walk the ofnode-parrents to find
an enclosing device that has a UCLASS_DISPLAY driver bound. This
adds a ofnode_get_parent()-function that returns the parent-node.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
ll_temac driver was used by Xilinx Microblaze big endian and
Xilinx ppc405/ppc440 SoCs.
ppc support was removed by: "powerpc: remove 4xx support"
(sha1: 98f705c9ce)
and Microblaze BE is not tested for a long time that's why this driver
can be removed because none is going to updated it to DM anyway.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
A number of platforms include config_distro_defaults.h but do not enable
CONFIG_DISTRO_DEFAULTS. As they plainly intended to, set that flag and
re-sync config files.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Do the following to make the symbol names less confusing.
sed -i "s/\([TU][^_]\+\)_FUNCTION_DFU/DFU_OVER_\1/g" \
`git grep _FUNCTION_DFU | cut -d ":" -f 1 | sort -u`
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
The correspondence between mmc versions as used in u-boot and the version
numbers reported in register EXT_CSD_REV is wrong for versions above and
including MMC_VERSION_4_41. All those versions were shifted by one:
real 4.5 hardware appeared to be MMC_VERSION_5_0.
Fix this by adding the missing version in the correspondence table.
Reported-by: eil Eilmsteiner Heribert <eil@keba.com>
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Add a new API to perform iodelay recalibration without isolate
io to be used in uboot.
The data manual of J6/J6 Eco recommends to set different IODELAY values
depending on the mode in which the MMC/SD is enumerated in order to
ensure IO timings are met. The MMC driver can use the new API to
set the IO delay values depending on the MMC mode.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
To debug device tree issues involving 32- and 64-bit platforms, it is useful to
have a generic 64-bit platform available.
Add a version of the sandbox that uses 64-bit integers for its physical
addresses as well as a modified device tree.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Added CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to configs/sandbox64_defconfig
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Get rid of the SH I2C driver on Porter and enable the IIC driver
instead . The old SH I2C is completely broken on Porter anyway
and the DM/DT capable IIC driver allows access to the PMIC too.
Use the DM/DT capable driver instead.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Set those limits to inform U-Boot about FDT and initramfs placement.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
With multiple environments, the 'get_char' callback for env
drivers does not really make sense any more because it is
only supported by two drivers (eeprom and nvram).
To restore single character loading for these drivers,
override 'env_get_char_spec'.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <sgoldschmidt@de.pepperl-fuchs.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@bootlin.com>
Commit 7d714a24d7 ("env: Support multiple environments") added
static variable env_load_location. When saving environmental
variables, this variable is presumed to have the value set before.
In case the value was set before relocation and U-Boot runs from a
NOR flash, this variable wasn't writable. This causes failure when
saving the environment. To save this location, global data must be
used instead.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
CC: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
This makes the shell so much more pleasant to use, so enable it.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Due to size limitations of the MERAM, switch U-Boot to SPL.
The SPL is loaded by the SPI_LOADER into MERAM and then loads
U-Boot proper into DRAM. This way U-Boot can freely grow in
size in DRAM, as there is plenty of it.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
---
NOTE: To update U-Boot, first install u-boot.img to 0x140000 in SPI NOR,
then use the Minimon to flash u-boot-spl.srec using ls,2,e6304000.
To generate u-boot-spl.srec, use objcopy:
arm-linux-gnueabi-objcopy -O srec spl/u-boot-spl u-boot-spl.srec
This makes the shell so much more pleasant to use, so enable it.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
All Socfpga boards from ./include/configs/socfpga_* define
CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG.
To ease CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG conversion to Kconfig select it in
config ARCH_SOCFPGA (arch/arm/Kconfig) section.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <sgoldschmidt@de.pepperl-fuchs.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_SINGLEWORD
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Tested-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Tested-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Schmelzer <hannes.schmelzer@br-automation.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Schmelzer <hannes.schmelzer@br-automation.com>
>From DFU_ALT_INFO_EMMC (include/environment/ti/dfu.h) we can see that
rootfs will be flashed to second partition on eMMC. But at the moment we
have only one partition in $partitions environment variable. Let's add
"bootloader" partition prior to "rootfs", so that DFU works correctly.
This also fixes eMMC boot, which looks for rootfs on second partition.
"bootloader" partition start corresponds to "u-boot.img.raw" in DFU
eMMC info, which is 0x300 sector (384 KiB offset from eMMC start).
rootfs start address can be also found from DFU eMMC info.
bootloader-related area is finished at 0x1500 sector (2688 KiB offset
from eMMC start). This should be the start address for rootfs in
$partitions environment variable.
While at it, fix U-Boot environment address to be the same as for
AM57x EVM, so that it doesn't clash with other partitions.
So now eMMC layout looks like this:
===============================================================
0 +------------------------+
| MBR/GPT header | 128 -
128 +------------------------+
| MLO | 256 -
384 +------------------------+
| u-boot.img | 1792 bootloader
2176 +------------------------+
| //////// hole //////// | 256 -
2432 +------------------------+
| U-Boot environment | 128 -
2560 +------------------------+
| U-Boot environment | 128 -
| (redundant) |
2688 +------------------------+
| rootfs | remaining rootfs
end +------------------------+
===============================================================
"hole" area can be used further for storing U-Boot environment (like
it's done in AM57x EVM config file) or for increasing u-boot.img area
(in case u-boot.img size increased, e.g. if new dtbs were added).
This commit conforms with Linux partition table from f6d245b8c5
("arm: am57xx: Fix Linux boot from eMMC") commit, making things in
uniform way.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Migrate the option CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK and make this gate most of the
current set of options we have in Kconfig. We will need to have some
options available for SPL and !SPL_FRAMEWORK so this is important. In a
few cases we re-order existing options so that we have less escapes from
the SPL_FRAMEWORK guard.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This driver is no longer used on any supported platform in U-Boot and
there is no interest in maintaining it further from people that have
used it historically.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
c: Alexey Brodkin <alexey.brodkin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Remove CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME as it doesn't do much good and enable
CONFIG_HUSH_PARSER in xtfpga_defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Max Filippov <jcmvbkbc@gmail.com>
On the NIOS2 and Xtensa architectures, we do not have
CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE set. This is a strict migration of the current
values into the defconfig and removing them from the headers.
I did not attempt to add more default values in and for now will leave
that to maintainers.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
efi_disk_register should return as status code (efi_status_t).
Disks with zero blocks should be reported as 'not ready' without throwing
an error.
This patch solves a problem running OpenBSD on system configured with
CONFIG_BLK=n (e.g. i.MX6).
Reported-by: Jonathan Gray <jsg@jsg.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Tested-by: Jonathan Gray <jsg@jsg.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Add stubs for UpdateCapsule, QueryCapsuleCapabilities, and
QueryVariableInfo.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Change the return type of efi_driver_init() to efi_status_t.
efi_driver_init() calls efi_add_driver() which returns an efi_status_t
value. efi_driver_init() should not subject this value to a conversion to
int losing high bits on 64bit systems.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Currently we set the function pointer for the CreateEventEx boot service
to NULL. When called this would lead to an immediate failure.
A function stub is provided which handles the case that the boot service
is called without an event group and returns EFI_UNSUPPORTED otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Before the patch an undefined constant EFI_SUBSYSTEM was used in the
crt0 code. The current version of binutils does not swallow the error.
https://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=888403
The necessary constant IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_EFI_APPLICATION is already
defined in pe.h. So let's factor out asm-generic/pe.h for the
image subsystem constants and use it in our assembler code.
IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_SAL_RUNTIME_DRIVER does not exist in the specification
let's use IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_EFI_ROM instead.
The include pe.h is only used in code maintained by Alex so let him be the
maintainer here too.
Reported-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Tested-by: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
To make this driver easier to be reused, dual-license DDR driver.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
CC: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CC: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
CC: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
CC: Thomas Schaefer <thomas.schaefer@kontron.com>
CC: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
CC: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
CC: Alexander Merkle <alexander.merkle@lauterbach.com>
CC: Joakim Tjernlund <joakim.tjernlund@transmode.se>
CC: Curt Brune <curt@cumulusnetworks.com>
CC: Valentin Longchamp <valentin.longchamp@keymile.com>
CC: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
CC: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
CC: Ira W. Snyder <iws@ovro.caltech.edu>
CC: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@gmail.com>
CC: Kyle Moffett <Kyle.D.Moffett@boeing.com>
CC: Sebastien Carlier <sebastien.carlier@gmail.com>
CC: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
CC: Peter Tyser <ptyser@xes-inc.com>
CC: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
CC: Peter Tyser <ptyser@xes-inc.com>
CC: Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD <plagnioj@jcrosoft.com>
Extend the instantiate_rng() function and the corresponding CAAM job
descriptor to instantiate all RNG state handles. This moves the RNG
instantiation code in line with the CAAM kernel driver.
Previously, only the first state handle was instantiated. The second
one was instantiated by the CAAM kernel driver. This works if the
kernel runs in secure mode, but fails in non-secure mode since the
kernel driver uses DEC0 directly instead of over the job ring
interface. Instantiating all RNG state handles in u-boot removes the
need for using DEC0 in the kernel driver, making it possible to use
the CAAM in non-secure mode.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Tested-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Enable validation of boot.scr script prior to its execution dependent
on "secureboot" flag in environment. Enable fall back option to
qspi boot in case of secure boot.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vinitha Pillai <vinitha.pillai@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
config_fallbacks.h has some logic that sets HAVE_BLOCK_DEVICE
based on a list of enabled options. Moving HAVE_BLOCK_DEVICE to
Kconfig allows us to drastically shrink the logic in
config_fallbacks.h
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
[trini: Rename HAVE_BLOCK_DEVICE to CONFIG_BLOCK_DEVICE]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Migrate the base and sub-options to Kconfig. Note that we only enable
this in the base sandbox config now.
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <alexey.brodkin@gmail.com>
Cc: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
---
Is this driver still used anywhere? It's fishy that it's only enabled
in sandbox anymore.
config_fallback.h has some logic that checks a variety of options
and selects LIB_UUID if it hasn't already been selected. This
will all LIB_UUID in Kconfig and select this option for the list
of options to allow us to remove the logic from fallbacks
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
config_fallbacks.h had some logic to automatically select
LIB_RAND if RANDOM_UUID or CMD_UUID were set if LIB_HW_RAND wasn't
already selected. By migrating LIB_HW_RAND to Kconfig, we can
remove this check from config_fallbacks.h and put it into Kconfig
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
[trini: Turn into a choice, add NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_APBH_DMA
CONFIG_APBH_DMA_BURST
CONFIG_APBH_DMA_BURST8
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
[trini: Add in MMC as well]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Enable CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG for all STM32 boards
It allows to retrieve the SoC name into the "soc" environment
variable.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Priouzeau <christophe.priouzeau@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
The motivation for moving MX28 selection to Kconfig is to be able
to better handle NAND MXS selection through Kconfig.
This selection method also aligns with the way other i.MX SoCs are
selected in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
The motivation for moving MX23 selection to Kconfig is to be able
to better handle NAND MXS selection through Kconfig.
This selection method also aligns with the way other i.MX SoCs are
selected in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Since CONFIG_MXC_UART is already in Kconfig, move this from
the header to imx6q_logic_defconfig
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
This commit removes an attempt to workaround a previous compilation
warning that is is now fixed in "include/configs/ti_omap3_common.h".
Signed-off-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This commit fixes the following compiler warnings when DM_SERIAL is
enabled.
---8<-------------------------------------------------------------------
...
CC spl/board/ti/evm/evm.o
In file included from /solution/scm/u-boot-master/board/ti/evm/evm.c:16:0:
/solution/scm/u-boot-master/include/ns16550.h:31:0: warning: "CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_REG_SIZE" redefined
#define CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_REG_SIZE (-1)
In file included from /solution/scm/u-boot-master/include/configs/omap3_evm.h:22:0,
from include/config.h:5,
from /solution/scm/u-boot-master/include/common.h:21,
from /solution/scm/u-boot-master/board/ti/evm/evm.c:14:
/solution/scm/u-boot-master/include/configs/ti_omap3_common.h:33:0: note: this is the location of the previous definition
# define CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_REG_SIZE (-4)
LD spl/board/ti/evm/built-in.o
...
CC spl/drivers/serial/ns16550.o
In file included from /solution/scm/u-boot-master/drivers/serial/ns16550.c:11:0:
/solution/scm/u-boot-master/include/ns16550.h:31:0: warning: "CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_REG_SIZE" redefined
#define CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_REG_SIZE (-1)
In file included from /solution/scm/u-boot-master/include/configs/omap3_evm.h:22:0,
from include/config.h:5,
from /solution/scm/u-boot-master/include/common.h:21,
from /solution/scm/u-boot-master/drivers/serial/ns16550.c:7:
/solution/scm/u-boot-master/include/configs/ti_omap3_common.h:33:0: note: this is the location of the previous definition
# define CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_REG_SIZE (-4)
LD spl/drivers/serial/built-in.o
...
---8<-------------------------------------------------------------------
Signed-off-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Follow bootz's pattern by moving the booti_setup to arch/arm/lib.
This allows to use booti_setup in other paths, e.g booting
an Android image containing Image format.
Note that kernel relocation is move out of booti_setup and it is the
caller's responsibility to do it and allows them do it differently. say,
cmd/booti.c just do a manually, while in the bootm path, we can use
bootm_load_os(with some changes).
Signed-off-by: Bin Chen <bin.chen@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The second area of android image was intended to put a 2nd stage
bootloader but in practice were rarely used (in my knowledge).
An proposal was made to the AOSP to (re)use the second area as the dtb[1],
This patch itself doesn't depend on that proposal being accepted but it won't
be that helpful as well if that proposal won't be accepted. But don't do
any harm as well.
[1] https://android-review.googlesource.com/#/c/417447/
Signed-off-by: Bin Chen <bin.chen@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
FreeBSD, like OpenBSD, uses BIG_ENDIAN, LITTLE_ENDIAN, and BYTE_ORDER,
whereas Linux and compatibles use __-prefixed names. Define the names
the same as the OpenBSD block below it.
These are declared in Kconfig, but some #defines have crept in.
CONFIG_FPGA
CONFIG_FPGA_ALTERA
CONFIG_FPGA_CYCLON2
CONFIG_FPGA_SOCFPGA
CONFIG_FPGA_XILINX
CONFIG_FPGA_ZYNQMPPL
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
Selecting CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_MASS_STORAGE=y in the defconfig leads to
the following error:
cmd/built-in.o: In function `do_usb_mass_storage':
cmd/usb_mass_storage.c:217: undefined reference to `fsg_main_thread'
cmd/usb_mass_storage.c:170: undefined reference to `fsg_init'
CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_MASS_STORAGE option is built only for
the non-SPL case as per the logic in drivers/usb/gadget/Makefile,
so remove the incorrect CONFIG_SPL ifdefery to fix the build
failure.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Introduce SDR104 and HS200 support
The implementation takes linux kernel sdhci.c and sdhci-esdhc-imx.c
as reference.
- Implement esdhc_change_pinstate to dynamically change pad settings
- Implement esdhc_set_timing
- Implement esdhc_set_voltage to switch voltage
- Implement fsl_esdhc_execute_tuning to execute time process
- Enlarge the cfg->f_max to 200MHz.
- Parse fsl,tuning-step, fsl,tuning-start-tap and
fsl,strobe-dll-delay-target from device tree.
- Parse no-1-8-v property
- Introduce esdhc_soc_data to indicate the flags and caps
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The board header file included a reference to the starting point
from nitrogen6x.h, but since so much changed, the file bears
little resemblance to that file.
Signed-off-by: Eric Nelson <eric@nelint.com>
The initial implementation of mx6memcal reset the CPU after
running the memory calibration procedure because the generic
board has no information about which boot devices are available.
Now that we have SDP support in SPL, use it to allow a full
U-Boot to be uploaded (i.e. to use "mtest").
Signed-off-by: Eric Nelson <eric@nelint.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Validate the time at startup:
- in case rtc error add to kernel command line RTC_ERROR
- clamp date to 1-Jan-2036
Signed-off-by: Nandor Han <nandor.han@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.co.uk>
The exact definition of a successful boot is defined by user-space.
Determine the boot partition automatically. A partition is selected if
file `/boot/bootcause/firstboot' exists (meaning that the partition has
freshly installed software) OR if file `/boot/fitImage' exists.
When userspace determines that new software was successfully installed,
it must (1) delete `/boot/fitImage' on the _inactive_ partition and (2)
remove `/boot/bootcause/firstboot'.
Enable video, but do not display logos or other version information.
Silence kernel console logging by default.
Print a message to VGA screen in case of boot failure and reset bootcount
to allow the user to attempt boot again.
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.co.uk>
Change the kernel command line to mount the root filesystem read-only in
order to be able to run filesystem check on it on boot.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Lounento <hannu.lounento@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.co.uk>
Enable bootcount using an EXT file.
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.co.uk>
Read boot script from shared partition, if available.
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.co.uk>
Modify configuration to support FIT. Set variable `confidx' from VPD,
in order to load the correct device tree. Modify/simplify U-Boot
environment to support loading FIT image.
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.co.uk>
Enable the hardware watchdog on bx50v3 to cause it to reset in the event
the board hangs.
Configure GPIO_9 pin as WDOG1_B so that a watchdog timeout results in a
full system reset.
The watchdog is used and reconfigured by systemd approximately 1.7 seconds
into boot. Adding a few seconds for U-Boot and a few more seconds as a
safety margin.
Note that the PCIe controller is _not_ put back into a safe state prior
to board reset. This is a problem if board reset is implemented as CPU
reset.
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.co.uk>
Instead of programming the hardware directly in the board
implementation, follow the flow documented in doc/README.enetaddr: set
the enet[0-9]*addr environment variable and let the driver program the
hardware.
This avoids duplicating the implementation as it already exists in the
driver (drivers/net/fec_mxc.c: fec_set_hwaddr).
The mapping from the driver's index to the environment variable's name
is documented in README: Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces. It is
assumed that eth_devices for the controllers on the board are always
indexed in the same order, i.e. FEC always has the index 2.
The FEC driver does *not* set the flag Set MAC Address on Transmit (bit
set_eth0_mac_address used to do but this is unnecessary as the Linux
networking stack fills in the MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Lounento <hannu.lounento@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.co.uk>
Modify b450v3, b650v3 and b850v3 defconfigs to enable the network devices
found in these products.
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.co.uk>
The change in i2c configuration added to support access to the VPD has
inadvertantly caused access to i2c buses 1 & 2 to be lost. This has
resulted in the configuration for the PMIC to be attempted on the wrong
bus and thus isn't taking effect.
Add the required configuration to return access to buses 1 & 2. In order
to ensure that any users of the bus numbering prior to addition in VPD
patches work, add buses before configuration related to mux on bus 0 and
tweak VPD bus usage to fit new numbering scheme.
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.co.uk>
Add SiP (Silicon Provider) services function to issue
SMC call to Arm Trusted Firmware.
More SiP information could be found in
https://github.com/ARM-software/arm-trusted-firmware/blob/master/
docs/arm-sip-service.rst
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
nand device needed for mmc config to access nand
for write and update so enabling SPL_SUPPORT to mmc
or nand is wrt to env device rather nand driver check.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Use PSCI 1.0 instead of 0.1 to support more power
management feature like system reset, power off etc..
Signed-off-by: Anson Huang <Anson.Huang@nxp.com>
The EFI implementation does not fit into any of the existing categories.
Provide LOGC_EFI so that EFI related message can be filtered.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When functions return an error it propagates up the stack to the point
where it is reported. Often the error code provides enough information
about the root cause of the error that this is obvious what went wrong.
However in some cases the error may be hard to trace. For example if a
driver uses several devices to perform an operation, it may not be
obvious which one failed.
Add a log_ret() macro to help with this. This can be used to wrap any
error-return value. The logging system will then output a log record when
the original error is generated, making it easy to trace the call stack
of the error.
This macro can significantly impact code size, so its use is controlled
by a Kconfig option, which is enabled for sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to be able to control the output format of log records on the
console. As a starting point, add definitions for controlling which
elements of the log record are displayed. Use function and message as the
default, since these are the most useful fields.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Category and level both use an enum for their ID values. Add functions to
convert these IDs to strings and vice versa. This will allow the log to
output the strings instead of the (inscrutable) values.
At the same time, add a new 'driver-model' category, to cover core
driver-model functions and fix an incorrect value for LOGL_MAX.
Tests will be added with the new 'log' subcommands.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
(Updated to correct clang warnings)
Each uclass has a driver name which we can use to look up the uclass. This
is useful for logging, where the uclass ID is used as the category.
Add a function to handle this, as well as a test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is more common code in mmc, nand and ubi env drivers that
can be shared by moving to env_import_redund.
For this, a status/error value whether the buffers were loaded
are passed as additional parameters to env_import_redund.
Ideally, these are already returned to the env driver by the
storage driver. This is the case for mmc, nand and ubi, so for
this change, code deduplicated.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <sgoldschmidt@de.pepperl-fuchs.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
- Several Kconfig fixes (also moving configs to defconfigs)
- Some DTS updates
- ZynqMP psu rework based on Zynq concept
- Add low level initialization for zc770 and zcu102
- Add support for Zynq zc770 x16 nand configuration
- Add mini nand/emmc ZynqMP targets
- Some arasan nand changes
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iEYEABECAAYFAlpxesoACgkQykllyylKDCFwngCfZfk2S+c9uJCLh1drA7a+J4Ch
G+MAnA/iRu6/Ihd5UMe4tMK8BU51h0GQ
=Ylul
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'xilinx-for-v2018.03' of git://git.denx.de/u-boot-microblaze
Xilinx changes for v2018.03
- Several Kconfig fixes (also moving configs to defconfigs)
- Some DTS updates
- ZynqMP psu rework based on Zynq concept
- Add low level initialization for zc770 and zcu102
- Add support for Zynq zc770 x16 nand configuration
- Add mini nand/emmc ZynqMP targets
- Some arasan nand changes
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE
CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_DV_CLKMODE
CONFIG_SYS_DA850_PLL0_POSTDIV
CONFIG_SYS_DA850_PLL0_PLLDIV1
CONFIG_SYS_DA850_PLL0_PLLDIV2
CONFIG_SYS_DA850_PLL0_PLLDIV3
CONFIG_SYS_DA850_PLL0_PLLDIV4
CONFIG_SYS_DA850_PLL0_PLLDIV5
CONFIG_SYS_DA850_PLL0_PLLDIV6
CONFIG_SYS_DA850_PLL0_PLLDIV7
CONFIG_SYS_DA850_PLL1_POSTDIV
CONFIG_SYS_DA850_PLL1_PLLDIV1
CONFIG_SYS_DA850_PLL1_PLLDIV2
CONFIG_SYS_DA850_PLL1_PLLDIV3
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
DDR4 RDIMM has some information in SPD to be used to calculate the
control words for register chip. The rest can be found from JEDEC
spec DDR4RCD02.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
On top of RDIMM support, add new register calculation to support
3DS RDIMMs. Only symmetrical 3DS is supported at this time.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
For DDR4, command/address delay in mode registers and parity latency
in timing config register are only needed for UDIMMs, but not RDIMMs.
Add additional register rcw_3 for DDR4 RDIMM. Fix mirrored bit for
dual rank RDIMMs. Set sdram_cfg_3[DIS_MRS_PAR] for RDIMMs. Fix
calculation of timing config registers. Use hexadecimal format for
printing RCW (register control word) registers.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
For for case of lazyapply method, API fdt_fixup_board_enet() gets
invoked before DPL being deployed. This leads to an issue that
fsl-mc fdt fixup status marked as fail and dprc driver didn't get
registered in linux boot.
Fixes this issue by calling fdt_fixup_board_enet() for case when
DPL is deployed successfully in lazyapply method.
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Gaur <yogeshnarayan.gaur@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This patch moved ethernet PHY configs of ZynqMP boards
to respective defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Vipul Kumar <vipulk@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch moved ethernet PHY configs of Microblaze board to
respective defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Vipul Kumar <vipulk@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch moved ethernet PHY configs of Zynq boards
to respective defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Vipul Kumar <vipulk@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Remove SPL_BUILD dependency from zynqmp.c and move it to header file.
Use only one symbol for including psu_init.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The Arasan NFC driver requires the self-init mode,
so it should select it.
Instead of having the config header define the macro,
it's cleaner to select the option at the Kconfig level.
Signed-off-by: Ezequiel Garcia <ezequiel@vanguardiasur.com.ar>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch adds new target which is called as mini configuration
with only emmc functionality and other required basic features enabled.
This will be used to run in system with small footprint and needs
emmc support.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch adds new target which is called as mini configuration
with only nand functionality and other required basic features enabled.
This will be used to run in system with small footprint and needs
nand support.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
AES encryption in CBC mode, in most cases, must be used with random
initialization vector. Using the same key and initialization vector several
times is weak and must be avoided.
Added iv parameter to the aes_cbc_encrypt_blocks and aes_cbc_decrypt_blocks
functions for passing initialization vector.
Command 'aes' now also require the initialization vector parameter.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Mozzhuhin <amozzhuhin@yandex.ru>
Since 'commit af2f44267 ("fdc spl: use different BOARD_INIT MACRO for spl and tpl")'
board stm32f746-disco can't boot.
The macro CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() can't evaluate the value of
CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT as it was defined in include/configs/stm32f746-disco.h
without attributed value.
Moving CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT from stm32f746-disco.h to mach-stm32/Kconfig
fixes this issue.
Fixes: af2f44267 ("fdc spl: use different BOARD_INIT MACRO for spl and tpl")
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
checkpatch.pl complains about the spelling of ERR_TIMOUT. Since the
error is only used in a handful of files, we rename the error to
ERR_TIMEOUT.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This is the second part of patches for 2018.03-rc1, fixing
a few minor issues and adding a readme file for iSCSI booting.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2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=sVD7
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'signed-efi-next' of git://github.com/agraf/u-boot
Patch queue for efi - 2018-01-28
This is the second part of patches for 2018.03-rc1, fixing
a few minor issues and adding a readme file for iSCSI booting.
We have 2 users of the EFI headers: efi_loader and the EFI stub. Efi_loader
always expects that the bitness of the definitions it uses is identical to
the execution.
The EFI stub however allows to run x86_64 U-Boot on 32bit EFI and the other
way around, so it allows for different bitness of EFI definitions and U-Boot
environment.
This patch explicitly requests via Kconfig that efi_loader can only be enabled
if the bitness is identical. Because we can run efi_loader on x86_64 without
EFI stub enabled, it also ensures that this case propagates the correct ABI
constraints.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Setting config options using headers is deprecated. This patch converts
the BCM2835 Mini-UART to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
We want to use Kconfig logic to depend on whether pl01x devices
are built in, so let's convert their inclusion selection to Kconfig.
This round goes to pl01x.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
We want to use Kconfig logic to depend on whether pl01x devices
are built in, so let's convert their inclusion selection to Kconfig.
This round goes to pl011.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
We want to use Kconfig logic to depend on whether pl01x devices
are built in, so let's convert their inclusion selection to Kconfig.
This round goes to pl010.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Firmware on the Raspberry Pi family of devices can dynamically configure either
the PL011, Mini-UART or no device at all to be routed to the user accessible
UART pins.
That means we need to always include both drivers, because we can never be sure
which of the two serial devices firmware actually chooses to use.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
We are switching to a model where a serial device doesn't even get probed when
it's not muxed properly, so we don't need device specific disabling
functionality anymore.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
libfdt_env.h is supposed to provide system-dependent defines.
scripts/dtc/libfdt/libfdt_env.h from upstream DTC is suitable
for user-space, so we should use this for USE_HOSTCC case.
For compiling U-Boot, we need to override such system-dependent
defines, so use <linux/libfdt_env.h> imported from Linux.
<libfdt.h> selects a proper one. Maybe, we should split header
inclusion completely, but I do not want too many patches at one.
I can rip off the include/libfdt_env.h from HOST_EXTRACFLAGS.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is tons of code duplication between lib/libfdt/libfdt.h and
scripts/dtc/libfdt/libfdt.h. Evacuate the U-Boot own code to
include/libfdt.h and remove lib/libfdt/libfdt.h.
For host tools, <libfdt.h> should include scripts/dtc/libfdt/libfdt.h,
which is already suitable for user-space.
For compiling U-Boot, <linux/libfdt.h> should be included because we
need a different libfdt_env.h .
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
libfdt_env.h exists to contain system-dependent defines:
- typedef of fdt*_t
- fdt*_to_cpu(), cpu_to_fdt*
working_fdt and FDT_RAMDISK_OVERHEAD are unrelated to the environment,
so they must get out of this header.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
I do not remember why, but this is apparently a file-copy mistake.
The file name is libfdt.h, but its content is that of libfdt_env.h
Re-import it from upstream Linux.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This commit allows overriding the default assumption that the boot UBI
MTD partition is named 'UBI' and the UBI volume is 'boot'. A board
desiring to use a legacy or alternative NAND layout can now define the
following two extra environment variables:
bootubipart=<some_ubi_partition_name>
bootubivol=<some_ubi_volume_name>
EXAMPLE:
[include/configs/some_board.h]
---8<-------------------------------------------------------------------
[...]
#include <config_distro_defaults.h>
#define MEM_LAYOUT_ENV_SETTINGS \
DEFAULT_LINUX_BOOT_ENV
#define BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES(func) \
func(UBIFS, ubifs, 0)
#include <config_distro_bootcmd.h>
[...]
#define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
MEM_LAYOUT_ENV_SETTINGS \
"bootubivol=rootfs\0" \
"bootubipart=rootfs\0" \
BOOTENV
[...]
---8<-------------------------------------------------------------------
Signed-off-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
The RK3288 CRU-node assigns rates to a number of clocks that are not
implemented in the RK3288 clock-driver (but which have been
sufficiently initialised from rkclk_init()): for these clocks, we
implement the gmac clock set parent, but simply ignore the
others' set_rate() operation and return 0 to signal success.
Signed-off-by: David Wu <david.wu@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The rk3328 soc has two gmac controllers, one is gmac2io,
the other is gmac2phy. We use the gmac2io rgmii interface
for 1000M phy here.
Signed-off-by: David Wu <david.wu@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Linux uses the properties 'assigned-clocks', 'assigned-clock-parents'
and 'assigned-clock-rates' to configure the clock subsystem for use
with various peripheral nodes.
This implements clk_set_defaults() and hooks it up with the general
device probibin in drivers/core/device.c: when a new device is probed,
clk_set_defaults() will be called for it and will process the
properties mentioned above.
Note that this functionality is designed to fail gracefully (i.e. if a
clock-driver does not implement set_parent(), we simply accept this
and ignore the error) as not to break existing board-support.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: David Wu <david.wu@rock-chips.com>
Series-changes: 2
- Fixed David's email address.
Series-version: 2
Cover-letter:
clk: support assigned-clock, assigned-clock-parents, assigned-clock-rates
For various peripherals on Rockchip SoCs (e.g. for the Ethernet GMAC),
the parent-clock needs to be set via the DTS. This adds the required
plumbing and implements the GMAC case for the RK3399.
END
Clocks may support multiple parents: this change introduces an
optional operation on the clk-uclass to set a clock's parent.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: David Wu <david.wu@rock-chips.com>
Series-changes: 2
- Fixed David's email address.
Since 7e0ed13 ("Convert ARCH_OMAP2PLUS boards' CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to
Kconfig"), a default SYS_TEXT_BASE was set for all ARCH_OMAP2PLUS devices.
CONFIG_ISW_ENTRY_ADDR is used to set SYS_TEXT_BASE in qspi boot.
Simplify this by directly assigning SYS_TEXT_BASE in the defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Several inline functions in this file reference undefined functions in
U-Boot. For example:
atomic-long.h:73:9: warning: implicit declaration of function
'atomic64_sub_and_test'
atomic-long.h:80:9: warning: implicit declaration of function
'atomic64_dec_and_test'
atomic-long.h:87:9: warning: implicit declaration of function
'atomic64_inc_and_test'
Handle this the same as the 32 bit build by wrapping these functions in
a __UBOOT__ check.
Signed-off-by: Bradley Bolen <bradleybolen@gmail.com>
As clk_stm32f driver is able to retrieve HSE frequency from DT,
CONFIG_STM32_HSE_HZ becomes useless.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
There are some typos in the documentation of some functions in read.h;
fix those.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert the R8A7791 Porter board to DM and DT. This implies mostly
enabling the necessary configuration options and plucking out the
ad-hoc configuration from the board file. Moreover, the pre-reloc
malloc size was increased to allow the clock driver to start up
early without running out of malloc space and the early stack was
moved further up in the DRAM to avoid rewriting U-Boot itself.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Import the Renesas R8A7794 DTS and headers from upstream Linux kernel v4.15-rc8,
commit bebc6082da0a9f5d47a1ea2edc099bf671058bd4 .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Import the Renesas R8A7793 DTS and headers from upstream Linux kernel v4.15-rc8,
commit bebc6082da0a9f5d47a1ea2edc099bf671058bd4 .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Import the Renesas R8A7792 DTS and headers from upstream Linux kernel v4.15-rc8,
commit bebc6082da0a9f5d47a1ea2edc099bf671058bd4 .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Import the Renesas R8A7791 DTS and headers from upstream Linux kernel v4.15-rc8,
commit bebc6082da0a9f5d47a1ea2edc099bf671058bd4 .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Import the Renesas R8A7790 DTS and headers from upstream Linux kernel v4.15-rc8,
commit bebc6082da0a9f5d47a1ea2edc099bf671058bd4 .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Since we want to have multiple environments, we will need to initialise
all the environments since we don't know at init time what drivers might
fail when calling load.
Let's init all of them, and only consider for further operations the ones
that have not reported any errors at init time.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
In preparation for the multiple environment support, let's introduce two
new parameters to the environment driver lookup function: the priority and
operation.
The operation parameter is meant to identify, obviously, the operation you
might want to perform on the environment.
The priority is a number passed to identify the environment priority you
want to retrieve. The lowest priority parameter (0) will be the primary
source.
Combining the two parameters allow you to support multiple environments
through different priorities, and to change those priorities between read
and writes operations.
This is especially useful to implement migration mechanisms where you want
to always use the same environment first, be it to read or write, while the
common case is more likely to use the same environment it has read from to
write it to.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
The nvedit command is the only user of env_driver_lookup_default outside of
the environment code itself, and it uses it only to print the environment
it's about to save to during env save.
As we're about to rework the environment to be able to handle multiple
environment sources, we might not have an idea of what environment backend
is going to be used before trying (and possibly failing for some).
Therefore, it makes sense to remove that message and move it to the
env_save function itself. As a side effect, we also can get rid of the call
to env_driver_lookup_default that is also about to get refactored.
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
The MMC environment offset is getting very close to the end of the U-Boot
binary now. Since we want to make sure this will not overflow, add a size
limit in the board for arm64. arm32 has already that limit enforced in our
custom image generation.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Currently, socfpga_common.h does not allow configurations without
network support. This is because CONFIG_CMD_PXE is defined in this
file and distro mode has DHCP hard-coded as available.
Fix this by moving CONFIG_CMD_PXE and CONFIG_MENU to the defconfigs
and by making DHCP optional in BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES(func).
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <sgoldschmidt@de.pepperl-fuchs.com>
Convert these configuration options to Kconfig, update board defconfigs
and drop them from whitelist.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
exynos5422 has the s2mps11 PMIC.
s2mps11 pmic has the 10-BUCK and 38-LDO regulators.
Each IP and devices in exynos5422 can be controlled by each regulators.
This patch is support for s2mps11 regulator driver.
Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Anand Moon <linux.amoon@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 57897c13de.
Using bounce_buf.c to handle non-DMA alignment problems is bad as
bounce_buf.c does cache manipulations which is not required. Therefore
revert this patch in favour of local bounce buffer solution in the next
patch.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Acked-by: Simon Goldschmidt <sgoldschmidt@de.pepperl-fuchs.com>
Reviewed-by: Jason Rush <jarush@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jason Rush <jarush@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Cleanup unused #define values that are read from the DT.
Tested on TI K2G platform:
Tested-by: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Tested on a socfpga-cyclonev board:
Tested-by: Simon Goldschmidt <sgoldschmidt@de.pepperl-fuchs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Rush <jarush@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Acked-by: Simon Goldschmidt <sgoldschmidt@de.pepperl-fuchs.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
A previous patch removed the spi_flash_probe_fdt function, which
contained the last call of the spi_setup_slave_fdt function, which is
now equally obsolete.
This patch removes the function.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Commit ba45756 ("dm: x86: spi: Convert ICH SPI driver to driver model")
removed the last usage of the spi_flash_probe_fdt function, rendering it
obsolete.
This patch removes the function.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
0efc024 ("spi_flash: Add spi_flash_probe_fdt() to locate SPI by FDT
node") added a helper function spi_base_setup_slave_fdt to to set up a
SPI slave from a given FDT blob. The only user was the exynos SPI
driver.
But commit 73186c9 ("dm: exynos: Convert SPI to driver model") removed
the use of this function, hence rendering it obsolete.
Remove this function, as well as the CONFIG_OF_SPI option, which guarded
only this function.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Command bytes are part of the written bytes and they should be taken into
account when sending a spi transfer.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
For some SPI controllers it's not possible to keep the CS active between
transfers and they are limited to a known number of bytes.
This splits spi_flash reads into different iterations in order to respect
the SPI controller limits.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
wait_for_bit callers use the 32 bit LE version
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Add 8/16/32 bits and BE/LE versions of wait_for_bit.
This is needed for reading registers that are not aligned to 32 bits, and for
Big Endian platforms.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Add macro QIXIS_LBMAP_EMMC, QIXIS_LBMAP_IFC, QIXIS_RCW_SRC_IFC,
QIXIS_RCW_SRC_EMMC to enable IFC and eMMC as boot sources for
qixis commands.
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
[YS: Modify subject and add commit message]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This patch adds the support for VID on LS1088AQDS and LS1088ARDB systems.
It reads the fusesr register and changes the VDD accordingly by adjusting
the voltage via LTC3882 regulator.
This patch also takes care of the special case of 0.9V VDD is present in
fusesr register. In that case,it also changes the SERDES voltage by
disabling the SERDES, changing the SVDD and then re-enabling SERDES.
Signed-off-by: Raghav Dogra <raghav.dogra@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Amrita Kumari <amrita.kumari@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Bhagat <rajesh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Adds a VID specific API in init_sequence_f and spl code flow
namely init_func_vid which is required to adjust core voltage.
VID specific code is required in spl, hence moving flag CONFIG_VID
out of spl flags.
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Bhagat <rajesh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Restructures common driver to support LTC3882 voltage regulator
chip.
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Bhagat <rajesh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This time around we have a lot of EFI patches from Heinrich.
Highlights are:
- Allow EFI applications to register as drivers
- Allow exposure of U-Boot block devices from an EFI payload
- Compatibility improvements
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2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=XZ4q
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'signed-efi-next' of git://github.com/agraf/u-boot
Patch queue for efi - 2018-01-23
This time around we have a lot of EFI patches from Heinrich.
Highlights are:
- Allow EFI applications to register as drivers
- Allow exposure of U-Boot block devices from an EFI payload
- Compatibility improvements
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
CONFIG_SOC_DA850
CONFIG_DA850_LOWLEVEL
CONFIG_MACH_DAVINCI_DA850_EVM
CONFIG_SYS_DA850_PLL_INIT
CONFIG_SYS_DA850_DDR_INIT
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Lechner <david@lechnology.com>
[trini: Rework CONFIG_SYS_DA850_PLL_INIT so it's selected on SOC_DA8XX]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This patch provides
* a uclass for EFI drivers
* a EFI driver for block devices
For each EFI driver the uclass
* creates a handle
* adds the driver binding protocol
The uclass provides the bind, start, and stop entry points for the driver
binding protocol.
In bind() and stop() it checks if the controller implements the protocol
supported by the EFI driver. In the start() function it calls the bind()
function of the EFI driver. In the stop() function it destroys the child
controllers.
The EFI block driver binds to controllers implementing the block io
protocol.
When the bind function of the EFI block driver is called it creates a
new U-Boot block device. It installs child handles for all partitions and
installs the simple file protocol on these.
The read and write functions of the EFI block driver delegate calls to the
controller that it is bound to.
A usage example is as following:
U-Boot loads the iPXE snp.efi executable. iPXE connects an iSCSI drive and
exposes a handle with the block IO protocol. It calls ConnectController.
Now the EFI block driver installs the partitions with the simple file
protocol.
iPXE uses the simple file protocol to load Grub or the Linux Kernel.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
[agraf: add comment on calloc len]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
This patch lets the implementation of ExitBootServices conform to
the UEFI standard.
The timer events must be disabled before calling the notification
functions of the exit boot services events.
The boot services must be disabled in the system table.
The handles in the system table should be defined as efi_handle_t.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
In ExitBootServices we need to signal events irrespective of the current
TPL level. A new parameter check_tpl is added to efi_signal_event().
Function efi_console_timer_notify() gets some comments.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
On a block device and its partitions the same protocols can be
installed. To tell the apart we can use the type of the last
node of the device path which is not the end node.
The patch provides a utility function to find this last node.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Add the revision constants.
Depending on the revision additional fields are needed in the
media descriptor.
Use efi_uintn_t for number of bytes to read or write.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Up to now we have been using efi_disk_create_partitions() to create
partitions for block devices that existed before starting an EFI
application.
We need to call it for block devices created by EFI
applications at run time. The EFI application will define the
handle for the block device and install a device path protocol
on it. We have to use this device path as stem for the partition
device paths.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Provide new function efi_dp_part_node() to create a device
node for a partition.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The GUID of the EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL is needed in different code
parts. To avoid duplication make efi_block_io_guid a global symbol.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
For the construction of device paths we need to call the
AllocatePool service. We should not ignore if it fails due to an
out of memory situation.
This patch changes the device path functions to return NULL if
the memory allocation fails.
Additional patches will be needed to fix the callers.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
We should consistently use the efi_handle_t typedef when
referring to handles.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Handles should be passed as efi_handle_t and not as void *.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Implement the ConnectController boot service.
A unit test is supplied in a subsequent patch.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
When a device path protocol is installed write the device
path to the console in debug mode.
For printing the new macro EFI_PRINT is used, which can be reused
for future diagnostic output.
Remove unused EFI_PRINT_GUID macro
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Add a list of open protocol infos to each protocol of a handle.
Provide helper functions to access the list items.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Add color coding to output:
test section blue
success green
errors red
todo yellow
summary white
others light gray
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[agraf: Fold in move of set_attribute before the print]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Correctly create the device path for IDE and SCSI disks.
Support for SATA remains to be done in a future patch.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
fat.h unconditionally defines CONFIG_SUPPORT_VFAT (and has done since
2003), so as a result VFAT support is always enabled regardless of
whether a board config defines it or not. Drop this unnecessary option.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
Make it select FS_FAT as well, because if it's not selected, enabling
ENV_IS_IN_FAT causes a Kconfig warning:
warning: (ENV_IS_IN_FAT) selects FAT_WRITE which has unmet direct dependencies (FS_FAT)
This also allows dropping some code from config_fallbacks.
Also drop the unnecessary help text about having to enable
CONFIG_FAT_WRITE - Kconfig automatically handles that.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
Migrate the following symbols to Kconfig:
CONFIG_FS_EXT4
CONFIG_EXT4_WRITE
The definitions in config_fallbacks.h can now be expressed in Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_USB_MUSB_HCD
CONFIG_USB_MUSB_UDC
CONFIG_USB_DAVINCI
CONFIG_USB_OMAP3
CONFIG_USB_DA8XX
CONFIG_USB_AM35X
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_USB_MUSB_OMAP2PLUS
CONFIG_USB_MUSB_AM35X
CONFIG_USB_MUSB_DSPS
CONFIG_USB_MUSB_PIO_ONLY
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
dev_read_u32_default() always returns something even when the property
is missing. So, it is impossible to do nothing in the case. One
solution is to use ofnode_read_u32() instead, but adding dev_read_u32()
will be helpful.
BTW, Linux has an equvalent function, device_property_read_u32();
it is clearer that it reads a property. I cannot understand the
behavior of dev_read_u32() from its name.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Sync with Linux commit 30a7acd573899fd8b("Linux 4.15-rc6")
to use enum pin_config_param.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now the u-boot spi image is greater than 0x90000, increase the same in
env during spi erase.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The following config symbols are only defined once and never referenced
anywhere else:
CONFIG_CYRUS
CONFIG_IDS8313
CONFIG_MPC8308_P1M
CONFIG_MPC8308RDB
CONFIG_MPC8349EMDS
CONFIG_MPC8349ITXGP
CONFIG_SBC8349
CONFIG_SBC8548
CONFIG_SBC8641D
CONFIG_TQM834X
CONFIG_VE8313
CONFIG_XPEDITE5140
CONFIG_XPEDITE5200
CONFIG_XPEDITE550X
Most of them are config symbols named after the respective boards which
seems to have been a standard practice at some point.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
Acked-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
The following config symbols are only defined once and never referenced
anywhere else:
CONFIG_AMCORE
CONFIG_ASTRO5373L
CONFIG_M52277EVB
CONFIG_M5253DEMO
CONFIG_M5253EVBE
CONFIG_M5275EVB
CONFIG_M54418TWR
CONFIG_STMARK2
Most of them are config symbols named after the respective boards which
seems to have been a standard practice at some point.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
Last users of the following macros (for n = 0..7) were removed in
commit 5b8e76c35e ("powerpc, 8xx: remove support for 8xx"):
CONFIG_SYS_PCMCIA_PBRn
CONFIG_SYS_PCMCIA_PORn
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
This commit adds UBIFS_NAND to BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES. This will
allow the kernel zImage to be loaded from '/boot/zImage' in UBIFS
(ubi0:rootfs).
Additionally update the *_MMC devices to also load kernel image from
the MMC 0:2 EXT4 file system.
DISTRO_DEFAULTS Setup
=====================
[primary] Check MMC 0:1 for /extlinux/extlinux.conf and boot
[fallback 1] Check MMC 0:2 /boot/zImage and run mmcbootz
[fallback 2] Check MMC 0:2 /boot/uImage and run mmcboot
[fallback 3] Check NAND UBIFS /boot/zImage and run nandbootubifs
[fallback 4] Check NAND partitions and run nandboot
The following "extlinux.conf" can be used to load images in the
top-level of the MMC 0:1 FAT partition.
[MMC(0:1)/extlinux/extlinux.conf]
---8<-------------------------------------------------------------------
default omap3-evm
label omap3-evm
kernel /zImage
fdt /omap3-evm.dtb
append console=ttyO0,115200n8 root=/dev/mmcblk0p2 rw rootfstype=ext4 rootwait
---8<-------------------------------------------------------------------
Signed-off-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
I'm working on a v2 patch to add support for a board named pdu001. Its
Linux DTS file uses the include file added by this patch. To keep Linux
and U-Boot DTS files in sync U-Boot requires a copy of this file,
although there is no driver for NXP's PCA9532 i2c LED driver chip (yet).
Signed-off-by: Felix Brack <fb@ltec.ch>
Added support for K2G EVM with FlipChip SoC of which
ARM/DDR3 runs at 1GHz/1066 MT/s. The patch is also
backward compatible with old revision EVM and EVM
with WireBond SoC. Their ARM/DDR3 run at 600MHz/800 MT/s.
The new SoC supports 2 different speeds at 1GHz and 600MHz.
Modyfied the CPU Name to show which SoC is used in the EVM.
Modified the DDR3 configuration to reflect New SoC supports
2 different CPU and DDR3 speeds, 1GHz/1066MT and 600MHz/800MT.
Added new inline function board_it_k2g_g1() for the new FlipChip 1GHz,
and set the u-boot env variable board_name accordingly.
Modified findfdt script in u-boot environment variable to include new k2g board type.
Signed-off-by: Rex Chang <rchang@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Even though in production uImage usually is quite small as
it contains just Linux kernel image during development it might
be pretty convenient to have root-FS built into the same image.
That makes uImage much larger but given on our dev platforms we have
quite a lot of DDR (> 512 MiB) we may afford loading huge uImages.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Update default AXI, TUN, ARC clock set options:
instead of changing only IDIV divider settings adjust also domain PLL
settings.
Add support of TUN_ROM and TUN_PWM clocks (subclocks of TUNN_PLL)
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Sata is equipped on ls1012a and can be a boot source. Add sata boot
support as an option if available.
Signed-off-by: Tang Yuantian <andy.tang@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Sata is equipped on ls1046a and can be a boot source. Add sata boot
support as an option if available.
Signed-off-by: Tang Yuantian <andy.tang@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
The DT spec demands a unit-address in a node name to match the "reg"
property in that node. Newer dtc versions will throw warnings if this is
not the case.
Fix all occurences in the tree where node names were mentioned in
comments, to not give bad examples to the reader.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Similar to CONFIG_OF_BOARD, but in this case the fdt is still built by
u-boot build. This allows the board to patch the fdt, etc.
In the specific case of dragonboard 410c, we pass the u-boot generated
fdt to the previous stage of bootloader (by embedding it in the
u-boot.img that is loaded by lk/aboot), which patches the fdt and passes
it back to u-boot.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
[trini: Update board_fdt_blob_setup #if check]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This commit adds support for 96Boards Dragonboard820C.
The board is based on APQ8086 Qualcomm Soc, complying with the
96Boards specification.
Features
- 4x Kyro CPU (64 bit) up to 2.15GHz
- USB2.0
- USB3.0
- ISP
- Qualcomm Hexagon DSP
- SD 3.0 (UHS-I)
- UFS 2.0
- Qualcomm Adreno 530 GPU
- GPS
- BT 4.2
- Wi-Fi 2.4GHz, 5GHz (802.11ac)
- PCIe 2.0
- MIPI-CSI, MIPI-DSI
- I2S
U-Boot boots chained from LK (LK implements the fastboot protocol) in
64-bit mode.
For detailed build instructions see readme.txt in the board directory.
Signed-off-by: Jorge Ramirez-Ortiz <jorge.ramirez-ortiz@linaro.org>
LS1012A-2G5RDB belongs to LS1012A family with features 2 2.5G SGMII
PFE MAC, SATA, USB 2.0/3.0, WiFi DDR, eMMC, QuadSPI, UART.
Signed-off-by: Bhaskar Upadhaya <Bhaskar.Upadhaya@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This adds SH_ETHER to drivers/net/Kconfig and convert to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Add a minimalistic Broadcom BCM53xx (roboswitch) switch driver similar
to the Marvell MV88E617x. This takes care of configuring the minimum
amount out of the switch hardware such that each user visible port
(configurable) and the CPU port can forward packets between each other
while preserving isolation with other ports.
This is useful for e.g: the Lamobo R1 board featuring a Broadcom
BCM53125 switch.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Request that all environment variables containing hard-coded address be
calculated at boot time instead.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
On this platform, there may be up to 1024 unusable chunks of memory.
Increase CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS so that U-Boot can remember all the banks
required to represent such fragmented memory.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Enable CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_BSS_OFFSET for all 64-bit Tegra boards. Place
the stack/... 512KiB from the end of the U-Boot binary. This should be
plenty to accommodate the current DTBs (max 64 KiB), early malloc region
(6KiB), stack usage, and plenty of slack, while still not placing it too
far away from the U-Boot binary.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
No 64-bit Tegra uses SPL. Remove various unused definitions from config
headers.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Some distributions like Fedora expect U-Boot to select a proper
devicetree. Since there are several variants of the cm-fx6 module
featuring different SoC variants and the module can be paired with
several baseboards, it is not viable to hardcode a filename.
Instead, follow the lead of other i.MX6 based devices and try to
determine the devicetree to use with the help of the board name
and the SoC variant exported by the board code, before calling the
distro bootcommand.
For now, only for the Utilite Pro a proper devicetree filename is
known but further variants of the Utilite Computer or other devices
based on the cm-fx6 module may be added in the future.
Signed-off-by: Christopher Spinrath <christopher.spinrath@rwth-aachen.de>
Like many other i.MX6 based boards, there are multiple variants of
the cm-fx6 module featuring different SoC variants. Furthermore, the
module can be paired with multiple baseboards.
At the same time modern distribution like Fedora require U-Boot to
select a proper devicetree which depends on the SoC variant and the
baseboard.
Thus, export the SoC variant and the actual board to the environment
following the conventions of other i.MX6 devices (e.g. the NXP boards)
such that the environment can select a devicetree file to load.
For now, we only know for sure that the cm-fx6 module and the SB-fx6m
baseboard amount to a Utilite Computer variant (depending on the SoC).
Further combinations may be added in the future; e.g. CompuLab's
evaluation board once someone can verify the identification string
stored in its eeprom.
Signed-off-by: Christopher Spinrath <christopher.spinrath@rwth-aachen.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
To support QSPI DM driver
- Add spi0 alias for qspi node. Which is used for bus number 0.
- Modify the n25q256a@0 compatible property to "spi-flash".
- Modify spi4 (gpio_spi) node to spi5
- Define DM SPI/QSPI related config to enable QSPI
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The u-boot-dtb.imx size is about 519KB, so 8 * 64KB conflicts
with u-boot-dtb.imx. Enlarge the offset to 14 * 64KB to fix it.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Enable I2C/MMC/GPIO/REGUALTOR/PMIC/USB DM drivers.
There are some dependency, such as when DM MMC enabled, USB compile error.
Also the i.MX I2C MMC DM driver does not support legacy GPIO interface.
So enable them all together.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Support common commands bdinfo and image format,
also modify common generic flow for RISC-V.
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rickchen36@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Greentime Hu <green.hu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add nx25-ae250 board configuartion options for RISC-V
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rickchen36@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Greentime Hu <green.hu@gmail.com>
hc_wp_grp_size is needed only if hardware partitionning is used.
On ARM removing it saves about 30 bytes of code space.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
This information is only used by the "mmc info" command.
On ARM removing this information from SPL saves about 140 of code space.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Also remove erase_grp_size and write_bl_len from struct mmc as they are
not used anymore. On ARM, removing them saves about 100 bytes of code
space in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
The content of ssr is useful only for erase operations.
on ARM, removing sd_read_ssr() saves around 300 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Supporting USH and HS200 increases the code size as it brings in IO voltage
control, tuning and fatter data structures.
Use Kconfig configuration to select which of those features should be
built in.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
* convert to livetree API
* don't fail because of an invalid bus-width, instead default to 1-bit.
* recognize 1.2v DDR and 1.2v HS200 flags
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Add a new function to parse host controller dt node and
set mmc_config. This function can be used by mmc controller
drivers to set the generic mmc_config.
This function can be extended to set other UHS mode caps
once UHS mode support is added.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
HS200/SDR104 requires tuning command to be sent to the card.
Add a simple function to send tuning command and to read and
compare the received data with the tuning block pattern.
This function can be used by platform driver to perform DLL
tuning.
This patch is similar to
commit 996903de92f0 ("mmc: core: add core-level function for
sending tuning commands") added in linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
HS200 only supports 1.2v and 1.8v signal voltages. DDR52 supports 3.3v/1.8v
or 1.2v signal voltages.
Select the lowest voltage available when using those modes.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
With certain SD cards like Kingston 8GB/16GB UHS card, it is seen that
MMC_CMD_ALL_SEND_CID cmd fails on first attempt, but succeeds
subsequently. Therefore, retry MMC_CMD_ALL_SEND_CID cmd a few time
as done in Linux kernel.
Similarly, it is seen that MMC_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN may fail on first
attempt, therefore retry this cmd a few times as done in kernel.
To make it clear that those are optionnal workarounds, a new Kconfig
option 'MMC_QUIRKS' is added (enabled by default).
Signed-off-by: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Boot partitions do not support HS200. Changing to a lower performance mode
is required to access them.
mmc_select_mode_and_width() and sd_select_mode_and_width() are modified to
make it easier to call them outside of the initialization context.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If a power cycle cannot be done on Vcc, it is safer not to try the UHS
modes because we wouldn't be able to recover from an error occurring
during the UHS initialization.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Add UHS modes to the list of supported modes, get the UHS capabilites of
the SDcard and implement the procedure to switch the voltage (UHS modes
use 1v8 IO lines)
During the voltage switch procedure, DAT0 is used by the card to signal
when it's ready. The optional card_busy() callback can be used to get this
information from the host driver.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add HS200 to the list of supported modes and introduce tuning in the MMC
startup process.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tuning is a mandatory step in the initialization of SDR104 and HS200 modes.
This callback execute the tuning process.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
mmc clock has to be disabled in certain cases like during
the voltage switch sequence. Modify mmc_set_clock function
to take disable as an argument that signifies if the
clock has to be enabled or disabled.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Add a new callback function *send_init_stream* which start a sequence of
at least 74 clock cycles.
The mmc core uses *mmc_send_init_stream* in order to invoke the callback
function. This will be used during power cycle where the specification
requires such a sequence after power up.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Add a new function *mmc_set_signal_voltage* in mmc core
which can be used during mmc initialization to select the
signal voltage. Platform driver should use the set_ios
callback function to select the signal voltage.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
set_ios callback has a return value of 'int' but the mmc_set_ios()
function ignore this. Modify mmc_set_ios() and the callers of mmc_set_ios() to
to return the error status.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The MMC startup process currently handles 4 modes. To make it easier to
add support for more modes, let's make the process more generic and use a
list of the modes to try.
The major functional change is that when a mode fails we try the next one.
Not all modes are tried, only those supported by the card and the host.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The SDcard startup process currently handles only 2 modes. To make it
easier to add support for more modes, let's make the process more generic
and use a list of the modes to try.
The major functional change is that when a mode fails we try the next one.
Not all modes are tried, only those supported by the card and the host.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds a simple helper function to display information (bus width and
mode) based on a capability mask. Useful for debug.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
no functionnal changes.
In order to add the support for the high speed SD and MMC modes, it is
useful to track this information.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The ext csd is used for comparison many times. Keep a reference content
of the ext csd in the struct mmc to avoid reading multiple times
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Get a reference to the regulator devices from the dts and store them
in the struct mmc for later use.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Using changes in this patch we were able to reduce approx 8k
size of u-boot-spl.bin image. Following is breif description of
changes to reduce SPL size:
1. Changes in board/freescale/ls1088a/Makefile to remove
compilation of eth.c and cpld.c in case of SPL build.
2. Changes in board/freescale/ls1088a/ls1088a.c to keep
board_early_init_f funcations in case of SPL build.
3. Changes in ls1088a_common.h & ls1088ardb.h to remove driver
specific macros due to which static data was being compiled in
case of SPL build.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Remove duplicate macro CONFIG_FSL_PCIE_RESET and update its comment.
It enables PCIe reset to fix link width 2x - 4x.
Signed-off-by: Bao Xiaowei <xiaowei.bao@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
The CONFIG_SYS_DPAA_QBMAN define is used by DPAA1 freescale SOCs to
add device tree fixups that allow deep sleep in Linux. The define was
placed in header files included by a number of boards, but was not
explicitly documented in any of the Kconfigs. A description was added
to the drivers/networking menuconfig and default selection for
current SOCs that have this part
Signed-off-by: Ahmed Mansour <ahmed.mansour@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This patch adds changes necessary to move functionality present in
PowerPC folders with ARM architectures that have DPAA1 QBMan hardware
- Create new board/freescale/common/fsl_portals.c to house shared
device tree fixups for DPAA1 devices with ARM and PowerPC cores
- Add new header file to top includes directory to allow files in
both architectures to grab the function prototypes
- Port inhibit_portals() from PowerPC to ARM. This function is used in
setup to disable interrupts on all QMan and BMan portals. It is
needed because the interrupts are enabled by default for all portals
including unused/uninitialised portals. When the kernel attempts to
go to deep sleep the unused portals prevent it from doing so
Signed-off-by: Ahmed Mansour <ahmed.mansour@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
The following config symbols are only defined once and never referenced
anywhere else:
CONFIG_AP325RXA
CONFIG_AP_SH4A_4A
CONFIG_CPU_SH_TYPE_R
CONFIG_ECOVEC
CONFIG_ESPT
CONFIG_MIGO_R
CONFIG_MPR2
CONFIG_MS7720SE
CONFIG_MS7722SE
CONFIG_MS7750SE
CONFIG_R0P7734
CONFIG_R2DPLUS
CONFIG_RSK7203
CONFIG_RSK7264
CONFIG_RSK7269
CONFIG_SH7752EVB
CONFIG_SH7753EVB
CONFIG_SH7757LCR
CONFIG_SH7763RDP
CONFIG_SH7785LCR
Most of them are config symbols named after the respective boards which
seems to have been a standard practice at some point.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
These macros are all defined once and never checked or used anywhere:
CONFIG_MACH_ASPENITE
CONFIG_MACH_DAVINCI_CALIMAIN
CONFIG_MACH_DOCKSTAR
CONFIG_MACH_EDMINIV2
CONFIG_MACH_GOFLEXHOME
CONFIG_MACH_GONI
CONFIG_MACH_GURUPLUG
CONFIG_MACH_KM_KIRKWOOD
CONFIG_MACH_OPENRD_BASE
CONFIG_MACH_SHEEVAPLUG
Almost all of them were only used for the mach_is_foo() logic in
arch/arm/asm/mach-types.h that were dropped in
commit f9dadaef8b ("arm: Re-sync asm/mach-types.h with
Linux Kernel v4.9")
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
Add DT nodes to enable ARM_PL180_MMCI IP support for STM32F746
and STM32F769 discovery boards
There is a hardware issue on these boards, it misses a pullup on the GPIO line
used as card detect to allow correct SD card detection.
As workaround, cd-gpios property is not present in DT.
So SD card is always considered present in the slot.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Priouzeau <christophe.priouzeau@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This board offers :
_ STM32F469NIH6 microcontroller featuring 2 Mbytes of Flash memory
and 324 Kbytes of RAM in BGA216 package
_ On-board ST-LINK/V2-1 SWD debugger, supporting USB reenumeration capability:
_ Mbed-enabled (mbed.org)
_ USB functions: USB virtual COM port, mass storage, debug port
_ 4 inches 800x480 pixel TFT color LCD with MIPI DSI interface and capacitive
touch screen
_ SAI Audio DAC, with a stereo headphone output jack
_ 3 MEMS microphones
_ MicroSD card connector
_ I2C extension connector
_ 4Mx32bit SDRAM
_ 128-Mbit Quad-SPI NOR Flash
_ Reset and wake-up buttons
_ 4 color user LEDs
_ USB OTG FS with Micro-AB connector
_ Three power supply options:
_ Expansion connectors and Arduino™ UNO V3 connectors
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Use available DM stm32f7_gpio.c and pinctrl_stm32.c drivers
instead of board GPIO initialization.
Remove stm32_gpio.c which is no more used and migrate
structs stm32_gpio_regs and stm32_gpio_priv into
arch-stm32f4/gpio.h to not break compilation.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Remove serial_stm32.c driver and uart init from board file,
use available DM serial_stm32x7.c driver compatible for
STM32F4/F7 and H7 SoCs.
The serial_stm32x7.c driver will be renamed later with a more
generic name as it's shared with all STM32 Socs.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Use available DM stm32_sdram.c driver instead of board
SDRAM initialization.
For that, enable OF_CONTROL, OF_EMBED and STM32_SDRAM flags.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
_ Add gpio compatible and aliases for stm32f429
_ Add FMC sdram node with associated new bindings value to
manage second bank (ie bank 1).
_ Add "u-boot,dm-pre-reloc" for rcc, fmc, fixed-clock, pinctrl,
pwrcfg and gpio nodes.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
All these files comes from kernel v4.15-rc1.
Update some header with correct STMicroelectronics Copyright.
Remove the paragraph about writing to the Free Software
Foundation's mailing address as requested by checkpatch.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
the values of dt_addr_r/kernel_addr_r/ramdisk_addr_r are taken from
the downstream 'u-boot-2017.03-armada-17.10' release.
the chosen values of scriptaddr and pxefile_addr_r are below fdt_addr_r,
in 1MB steps.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Konstantin Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
I do not see a good reason to do this by a CONFIG option that affects
all SoCs. The ram_size can be adjusted by dram_init() at run-time.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The i.MX 6UL/ULL feature a Cortex-A7 CPU which suppor the ARM
generic timer. This change makes use of the ARM generic timer in
U-Boot.
This is crucial to make the ARM generic timers usable in Linux since
timer_init() initalizes the system counter module, which is necessary
to use the generic timers CP15 registers.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
The blob_encap and blob_decap functions were not flushing the dcache
before passing data to CAAM/DMA and not invalidating the dcache when
getting data back.
Therefore, blob encapsulation and decapsulation failed with errors like
the following due to data cache incoherency:
"40000006: DECO: desc idx 0: Invalid KEY command"
To ensure coherency, we require the key_mod, src and dst buffers to be
aligned to the cache line size and flush/invalidate the memory regions.
The same requirements apply to the job descriptor.
Tested on an i.MX6Q board.
Reviewed-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Clemens Gruber <clemens.gruber@pqgruber.com>
Since commit 051ba9e082 ("Kconfig: mx6ull: Deselect MX6UL from
CONFIG_MX6ULL") CONFIG_MX6ULL does not select CONFIG_MX6UL anymore, so
take this into consideration in all the checks for CONFIG_MX6UL.
This fixes a boot regression.
Reported-by: Stefan Agner <stefan@agner.ch>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Agner <stefan@agner.ch>
Tested-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Tested-by: Jörg Krause <joerg.krause@embedded.rocks>
Boot scripts located in the root directory of the first partition of
USB, mmc, and SATA drives are executed twice: first by the distro boot
command and then by the legacy boot command. This may have weird side
effects if those scripts only change or extend the environment
(including parts of the boot command itself).
Removing the script execution from the legacy boot command has its own
caveats. For instance, the distro boot command may execute the boot.scr
on the mmc drive, then the boot.scr on the SATA drive, before the
legacy boot command actually boots from the mmc drive. However, the
current behavior would only execute the boot.scr once more before the
actual boot, but it does not prevent the script located on the SATA
drive from being executed, and thus, both scripts from being mixed up.
Considering that the legacy boot command is only in place to boot old
(standard) installations, let's go with the resolution having less
custom code and remove the script execution from the legacy boot
command.
Signed-off-by: Christopher Spinrath <christopher.spinrath@rwth-aachen.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
The current default environment of the cm_fx6 is not suitable for
booting modern distributions.
Instead of extending the custom environment, let's use the distro
boot command, which has been developed for precisely this use case.
If the distro boot command fails, fall back to the old behavior
(except for USB drives where the old behaviour is completely covered
by the distro boot command). That way it is still possible to create
"rescue SD cards" for old installations (e.g. if one messes up the
on-flash environment).
Signed-off-by: Christopher Spinrath <christopher.spinrath@rwth-aachen.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
In preparation for supporting the distro boot command, introduce the
standard variables for specifying load addresses, which are documented
in README and doc/README.distro, and replace the custom variables
used so far with them.
Since the current address layout disregards an address for an initramfs,
also switch to the load addresses used and proven by other imx6 boards
(e.g. the wandboard and nitrogen6x), instead of going on with our own
way.
Signed-off-by: Christopher Spinrath <christopher.spinrath@rwth-aachen.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
This is a virtual "board" that uses configuration files and
Kconfig to define the memory layout used by a real board during
the board bring-up process.
It generates an SPL image that can be loaded using imx_usb or
SB_LOADER.exe.
When run, it will generate a set of calibration constants for
use in either or both a DCD configuration file for boards that
use u-boot.imx or struct mx6_mmdc_calibration for boards that
boot via SPL.
In essence, it is a configurable, open-source variant of the
Freescale ddr-stress tool.
https://community.nxp.com/docs/DOC-105652
File mx6memcal_defconfig configures the board for use with
mx6sabresd or mx6qsabreauto.
Signed-off-by: Eric Nelson <eric@nelint.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
This commit updates the configuration files needed to support OF_CONTROL
on the OMAP3 EVM baseboard.
Additionally:
- CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD is enabled
- CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT is enabled
Tested using GCC 7.2.0 [--with-float=hard --with-mode=thumb].
Signed-off-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
Currently only imx6sx-sdb.dtb is loaded, but if revA board is used the
correct dtb is imx6sx-sdb-reva.dtb, so make this possible.
While at it, remove an extra 'mmc dev'.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
There is an #ifdef and #endif with nothing in between. This patch simply
removes this dead/useless code.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Freescale (NXP) boards have lots of defconfig files per board.
I used "imply PANIC_HANG" for them.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Linux device tree contains "ethernet" node for all possible
interface supported by SoC i.e. LS1046A.
It is not necessary for a SerDes protocol to support all possible
interface. So disable unavailable "ethernet" node in device tree.
Also, enable FDT_SEQ_MACADDR_FROM_ENV to fetch MAC address
sequentially from environment variables
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
"ethernet" node fix-up for device tree happens before Linux boot.
There can be requirement of updating "ethernet" node even before
fix-up. So, add support of updating "ethernet" node.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
The default value of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN, 0x800000, causes error
when uncompressing Image.gz out of FIT image.
Uncompressing Kernel Image ... Error: inflate() returned -5
Image too large: increase CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN
and loading Image out of FIT image.
Loading Kernel Image ... Image too large: increase CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN
Must RESET board to recover
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Use dfu_alt_info_emmc variable from include/environment/ti/dfu.h file.
It was probably overlooked when extracting DFU variables to mentioned
file.
This patch fixes DFU on BeagleBone Black, so that we can use commands
like ones below to upgrade various images on eMMC:
=> setenv dfu_alt_info $dfu_alt_info_emmc
=> dfu 0 mmc 1
$ dfu-util -D MLO -a MLO.raw
$ dfu-util -D u-boot.img -a u-boot.img.raw
Without this patch, the user is forced to assign the value to
dfu_alt_info_emmc manually, which contradicts with instructions [1].
[1] http://processors.wiki.ti.com/index.php/Linux_Core_U-Boot_User%27s_Guide
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
fpga:
- Enable loading bitstream via fit image for !xilinx platforms
zynq:
- Fix SPL SD boot mode
zynqmp:
- Not not reset in panic
- Do not use simple allocator because of fat changes
- Various dt chagnes
- modeboot variable setup
- Fix fpga loading on automotive devices
- Fix coverity issues
test:
- Fix env test for !hush case - Stephen's patch
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iEYEABECAAYFAlo3tMgACgkQykllyylKDCFQvQCfeFgaC/95gx9orLrHxpDx7s46
wwYAmwSoXn6hc9bEzgKIppQHblzfqGU6
=mscK
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'xilinx-for-v2018.01-rc2-v2' of git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot-microblaze
Xilinx changes for v2018.01-rc2-v2
fpga:
- Enable loading bitstream via fit image for !xilinx platforms
zynq:
- Fix SPL SD boot mode
zynqmp:
- Not not reset in panic
- Do not use simple allocator because of fat changes
- Various dt chagnes
- modeboot variable setup
- Fix fpga loading on automotive devices
- Fix coverity issues
test:
- Fix env test for !hush case - Stephen's patch
Increase setup, assertion and hold time related to chip-select signal.
Additional delay is needed for the signal to propogate through FPGA.
This adjustment slightly increase the read and write cycle but has no
impact on burst read or write.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This commit adds ENV_SIZE and ENV_OFFSET configuration items for
ARCH_ROCKCHIP, but keeps these non-visible (i.e. not prompt is given).
With these new items present, the configuration from the header files
is moved to Kconfig.
Keeping these non-visible is necessary to have the possibility to
select new default values if CONFIG_IS_IN_* is changed (interactively
or with oldconfig). Otherwise it will always be set to a previous
value if used with a prompt. As an example if we do a defconfig with
CONFIG_IS_IN_MMC and change it to CONFIG_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH via
menuconfig, ENV_SIZE and ENV_OFFSET will not be changed to the correct
values as defconfig will already have set them to the default values
of CONFIG_IS_IN_MMC in .config.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
User do not need to access the reserved part in system, remove them
from partition table.
Rename atf to trust as generic name for armv7 do not use ATF.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Provide a function to remove a handle from the object list
after removing all protocols.
To avoid forward declarations other functions have to move up
in the coding.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
efi_setup_loaded_image() should return an error code indicating if
an error has occurred.
An error occurs if a protocol cannot be installed.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Add LS1012ARDB RevC/RevC1/RevC2/RevD/RevE information and
detect it when u-boot starts up.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This patch is to clean up definitions for I2C IO expanders.
The value 0x10 of __SW_BOOT_EMU is wrong. It should be 0x2.
Fixed it in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This patch is enabling support for SPL QSPI boot.
First of all it is necessary to generate atf-spi.ub which is different
format than atf-uboot.ub (this can be made as legacy image too)
ADDR=`arm-xilinx-linux-gnueabi-readelf -a bl31.elf | grep "Entry point
address" | cut -d ':' -f 2 | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//'`
aarch64-linux-gnu-objcopy -O binary bl31.elf bl31.bin
./tools/mkimage -f auto -A arm64 -T firmware -C none -O u-boot -a $ADDR
-e $ADDR -n "atf1" -E -b arch/arm/dts/zynqmp-zcu102.dtb -d bl31.bin
atf-uboot.ub
./tools/mkimage -A arm64 -T firmware -C none -O u-boot -a $ADDR -e $ADDR
-n "atf-for-qspi" -E -d bl31.bin atf-spi.ub
This patch is using this QSPI layout with offsets:
0 boot.bin
512k atf-ub
640k u-boot.bin
1280k u-boot.img
Which corresponding by writing these images(read from MMC)
mmcinfo
sf probe
load mmc 0 10000000 boot.bin
sf erase 0 +$filesize
sf write 10000000 0 $filesize
load mmc 0 10000000 atf-spi.ub
sf erase 0x80000 +$filesize
sf write 10000000 0x80000 $filesize
load mmc 0 10000000 u-boot.bin
sf erase 0xa0000 +$filesize
sf write 10000000 0xa0000 $filesize
load mmc 0 10000000 u-boot.img
sf erase 0x140000 +$filesize
sf write 10000000 0x140000 $filesize
For testing u-boot running in EL3 you can break atf-spi.ub like this:
sf probe
sf erase 0x80000 +4
Then u-boot.img is executed.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This was caused by: "fs/fat: Reduce stack usage"
(sha1:2460098cffacd18729262e3ed36656e6943783ed) which converted
fat code to use malloc. But simple malloc is not freeing space
that's why full malloc implementation is needed.
Malloc space is added to RAM.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Do not perform reset when panic happens because in the next reset
panic happens again and logs are overflood by the same errors.
This can be enabled by default and reset can be performed via watchdog.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch is fixing two issues:
1. Insufficient stack size for fat fs buffers
2. Insufficient space in malloc area
Tested on zc702 and zc706.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This drops the limit that fpga is only loaded from FIT images for Xilinx.
This is done by moving the 'partial' check from 'common/image.c' to
'drivers/fpga/xilinx.c' (the only driver supporting partial images yet)
and supplies a weak default implementation in 'drivers/fpga/fpga.c'.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <sgoldschmidt@de.pepperl-fuchs.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com> (On zcu102)
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Include common config_distro_defaults.h and config_distro_bootcmd.h
for u-boot enviroments to support automatical distro boot which
scan boot.scr from external storage devices(e.g. SD and USB)
and execute autoboot script.
Signed-off-by: Bhaskar Upadhaya <Bhaskar.Upadhaya@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Bhagat <rajesh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Include common config_distro_defaults.h and config_distro_bootcmd.h
for u-boot enviroments to support automatical distro boot which
scan boot.scr from external storage devices(e.g. SD and USB)
and execute autoboot script.
Signed-off-by: Bhaskar Upadhaya <Bhaskar.Upadhaya@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Bhagat <rajesh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
The BRDCFG5[SPISDHC] register field of Qixis device is used
to control SPI and SDHC signal routing.
10 = Force SDHC Mode
- SPI_CS[0] is routed to CPLD for SDHC_VS use.
- SPI_CS[1] is unused.
- SPI_CS[2:3] are routed to the TDMRiser slot.
11 = Force eMMC Mode
- SPI_CS[0:3] are routed to the eMMC card.
0X = Auto Mode
- If SDHC_CS_B=0 (SDHC card installed): Use SDHC mode
described above.
- Else SDHC_CS_B=1 (no SDHC card installed): Use eMMC
mode described above.
In default the hardware uses auto mode, but sometimes we need
to use force SDHC mode to support SD card hotplug, or SD sleep
waking up in kernel. This patch is to support force SDHC mode
by hwconfig.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Texas Instrument's TPS65910 PMIC contains 3 buck DC-DC converts, one
boost DC-DC converter and 8 LDOs. This patch implements driver model
support for the TPS65910 PMIC and its regulators making the get/set
API for regulator value/enable available.
This patch depends on the patch "am33xx: Add a function to query MPU
voltage in uV" to build correctly. For boards relying on the DT
include file tps65910.dtsi the v3 patch "power: extend prefix match
to regulator-name property" and an appropriate regulator naming is
also required.
Signed-off-by: Felix Brack <fb@ltec.ch>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch extends pmic_bind_children prefix matching. In addition to
the node name the property regulator-name is used while trying to match
prefixes. This allows assigning different drivers to regulator nodes
named regulator@1 and regulator@10 for example.
I have discarded the idea of using other properties then regulator-name
as I do not see any benefit in using property compatible or even
regulator-compatible. Of course I am open to change this if there are
good reasons to do so.
Signed-off-by: Felix Brack <fb@ltec.ch>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Allow SPL to access binman symbols and use this to get the address of
U-Boot. This falls back to CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE if the binman symbol
is not available.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Binman construct images consisting of multiple binary files. These files
sometimes need to know (at run timme) where their peers are located. For
example, SPL may want to know where U-Boot is located in the image, so
that it can jump to U-Boot correctly on boot.
In general the positions where the binaries end up after binman has
finished packing them cannot be known at compile time. One reason for
this is that binman does not know the size of the binaries until
everything is compiled, linked and converted to binaries with objcopy.
To make this work, we add a feature to binman which checks each binary
for symbol names starting with '_binman'. These are then decoded to figure
out which entry and property they refer to. Then binman writes the value
of this symbol into the appropriate binary. With this, the symbol will
have the correct value at run time.
Macros are used to make this easier to use. As an example, this declares
a symbol that will access the 'u-boot-spl' entry to find the 'pos' value
(i.e. the position of SPL in the image):
binman_sym_declare(unsigned long, u_boot_spl, pos);
This converts to a symbol called '_binman_u_boot_spl_prop_pos' in any
binary that includes it. Binman then updates the value in that binary,
ensuring that it can be accessed at runtime with:
ulong u_boot_pos = binman_sym(ulong, u_boot_spl, pos);
This assigns the variable u_boot_pos to the position of SPL in the image.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For external data, FIT has a optional property "data-position" which
can set the external data to a fixed offset to FIT beginning.
Add the support for this property in SPL FIT.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tomas Melin <tomas.melin@vaisala.com>
Cc: Pantelis Antoniou <pantelis.antoniou@konsulko.com>
Cc: "Andrew F. Davis" <afd@ti.com>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: "tomas.melin@vaisala.com" <tomas.melin@vaisala.com>
Cc: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Cc: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Cc: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Cc: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Cc: "Cooper Jr., Franklin" <fcooper@ti.com>
Cc: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com>
Cc: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Cc: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Cc: Rick Altherr <raltherr@google.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
The Micron Flash is locked by default. This will automaticlly
unlock so manually unlocking is unnecessary in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
This symbol enables some library code used by various SATA drivers,
so make this a non-user-visible symbol select'ed by the respective
drivers, and let moveconfig handle the rest.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Use 'imply' here liberally to avoid the combinatorial explosion of
defconfig changes in the PowerPC boards.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Use 'imply' here liberally to avoid the combinatorial explosion of
defconfig changes in the PowerPC boards.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Synopsys HSDK clock controller generates and supplies clocks to various
controllers and peripherals within the SoC.
Each clock has assigned identifier and client device tree nodes can use
this identifier to specify the clock which they consume. All available
clocks are defined as preprocessor macros in the
dt-bindings/clock/snps,hsdk-cgu.h header and can be used in device
tree sources.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Add bits to support yet another board, the R8A77995 D3 Draak.
The DT file is from Linux 4.15-rc1 , commit
b35334447513c14a4dd55a67c269a743d4a4824b .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Add bits to support yet another board, the R8A77970 V3M Eagle.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Add bits to support yet another SoC, the R8A77995 D3 .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Add bits to support yet another SoC, the R8A77970 V3M .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
This does not appear to be used by any boards. Before introducing a new
log system, remove this old one.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Before adding new features, move these definitions to a separate header
to avoid further cluttering common.h.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
While sandbox works OK without the special-case code, it does result in
console output being stored in the pre-console buffer while sandbox starts
up. If there is a crash or a problem then there is no indication of what
is going on.
For ease of debugging it seems better to revert this change.
This reverts commit 47b98ad0f6.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The partitions variable is especially useful to create a partition table
from U-Boot, either directly from the U-Boot shell, or through flashing
tools like fastboot and its oem format command.
This is especially useful on devices with an eMMC you can't take out to
flash from another system, and booting a Linux system first to flash our
system then is not really practical.
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
On some SoCs, the SPL needs to be located right in the middle of the GPT
partition entries.
One way to work around that is to create partition entries for a smaller
number of partitions to accomodate with where the SPL will be. Create a
Kconfig option to allow to do that.
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Add fall back option, to boot from NOR/QSPI/SD for LS1043, LS1046,
LS1021 in case of distro boot failure.
For LS1046, add kernel validation in case of secure boot in sd_bootcmd
and qspi_bootcmd. For LS1043 and LS1021, add kernel validation in case
of secure boot in sd_bootcmd, qspi_bootcmdand nor_bootcmd.
Signed-off-by: Vinitha Pillai <vinitha.pillai@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Validates PPA, MC, DPC, Bootscript, DPL and Kernel images in ESBC
phase using esbc_validate command.
Enable validation of boot.scr script prior to its execution dependent
on "secureboot" flag in environment
Add header address for PPA to be validated during ESBC phase for
LS1088A platform based on LAyerscape Chasis 3.
Moves sec_init prior to ppa_init as for validation of PPA sec must
be initialised before the PPA is initialised.
Signed-off-by: Udit Agarwal <udit.agarwal@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vinitha Pillai-B57223 <vinitha.pillai@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Kernel is now located at 0x1000000 instead of 0xa00000
and envirorment variables are located at 3MB offset instead of
2MB in Flash.
Signed-off-by: Bhaskar Upadhaya <Bhaskar.Upadhaya@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Existing MC driver framework is based on MC-9.x.x flib. This patch
migrates MC obj (DPBP, DPNI, DPRC, DPMAC etc) to use latest MC flib
which is MC-10.3.0.
Changes introduced due to migration:
1. To get OBJ token, pair of create and open API replaces create APIs
2. Pair of close and destroy APIs replaces destroy APIs
3. For version read, get_version APIs replaces get_attributes APIs
4. dpni_get/reset_statistics APIs replaces dpni_get/set_counter APIs
5. Simplifies struct dpni_cfg and removes dpni_extended_cfg struct
6. Single API dpni_get_buffer_layout/set_buffer_layout replaces
dpni_get_rx/set_rx, tx related, tx_conf_buffer_layout related APIs.
New API takes a queue type as an argument.
7. Similarly dpni_get_queue/set_queue replaces
dpni_get_rx_flow/set_rx_flow , tx_flow related, tx_conf related
APIs
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Gaur <yogeshnarayan.gaur@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This issue is exposed after commit 9000eddbae ("drivers/usb/ehci:
Use platform-specific accessors"), the wrong endianness of EHCI
controller programing will cause USB function down.
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This issue is exposed after commit 9000eddbae ("drivers/usb/ehci:
Use platform-specific accessors"), the wrong endianness of EHCI
controller programing will cause USB function down.
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Odroid HC1 board is based on Odroid XU4 board, but it has no HDMI,
no eMMC, no build-in USB3.0 hub, no extension port pins, and no GPIO
button. USB3.0 ports are used for build-in JMicron USB to SATA bridge
and Gigabit R8152 ethernet chips. HC1 uses only passive cooling.
This patch also updates Odroid's ADCmax array and reduces ADC tolerance
to 1% to ensure that XU4 and HC1 revisions are properly detected.
I've tested this with XU3, XU3-lite, XU4 and HC1 boards. In case of my test
boards I got following values from ADC register: 372, 370, 1281 and 1313.
Signed-off-by: Marek Szyprowski <m.szyprowski@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Tested-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
[primary] Check MMC 0:1 for /extlinux/extlinux.conf and boot
[fallback 1] Check MMC 0:1 zImage and run mmcbootz
[fallback 2] Check MMC 0:1 uImage and run mmcboot
[fallback 3] Check NAND partitions and run nandboot
If 'extlinux.conf' is not found on MMC 0, the previous boot behavior is
followed.
Signed-off-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
As discussed at [1], the Amlogic Meson GX SoCs can embed a BL31 firmware
and a secondary BL32 firmware.
Since mid-2017, the reserved memory address of the BL31 firmware was moved
and grown for security reasons.
But mainline U-Boot and Linux has the old address and size fixed.
These SoCs have a register interface to get the two firmware reserved
memory start and sizes.
This patch adds a dynamic reservation of the memory zones in the device tree bootmem
reserved memory zone used by the kernel in early boot.
To be complete, the memory zones are also added to the EFI reserved zones.
Depends on patchset "Add support for Amlogic GXL Based SBCs" at [2].
[1] http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/linux-amlogic/2017-October/004860.html
[2] http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/linux-amlogic/2017-November/005410.html
Changes since v1:
- switched the #if to if(IS_ENABLED()) to compile all code paths
- renamed function to meson_board_add_reserved_memory()
- added a mem.h header with comment
- updated all boards ft_board_setup()
Changes since RFC v2:
- reduced preprocessor load
- kept Odroid-C2 static memory mapping as exception
Changes since RFC v1:
- switch to fdt rsv mem table and efi reserve memory
- replaced in_le32 by readl()
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
[trini: Fix warning on khadas-vim over missing <asm/arch/mem.h>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This adds platform code for the Khadas VIM board based on a
Meson GXL (S905X) SoC with the Meson GXL configuration.
This initial submission supports UART, MMC/SDCard and Ethernet with the
Internal RMII PHY.
The meson-gxl-s905x-khadas-vim.dts is synchronised from the linux 4.13
stable tree as of 4.13.8.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
This adds platform code for the Libre Computer CC "Le Potato" board based on a
Meson GXL (S905X) SoC with the Meson GXL configuration.
This initial submission supports UART, MMC/SDCard and Ethernet with the
Internal RMII PHY.
The meson-gxl-s905x-libretech-cc.dts is synchronised from the linux 4.13
stable tree as of 4.13.8.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Adjust this test to use the unit test framework. Drop the two existing
commands for running the tests and replace them with a single
'ut compression' command, with sub-commands.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Continue to have ret = run_test_internal(...) in run_test so ret
is always initialized]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This header was renamed to rawnand.h in Linux.
The following is the corresponding commit in Linux.
commit d4092d76a4a4e57b65910899948a83cc8646c5a5
Author: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Date: Fri Aug 4 17:29:10 2017 +0200
mtd: nand: Rename nand.h into rawnand.h
We are planning to share more code between different NAND based
devices (SPI NAND, OneNAND and raw NANDs), but before doing that
we need to move the existing include/linux/mtd/nand.h file into
include/linux/mtd/rawnand.h so we can later create a nand.h header
containing all common structure and function prototypes.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The logic to either iterate through a list of tests or pick a named test
is common to at lest two test suits. Move this logic into a new function
and call it from the environment tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To avoid duplicate coding provide a helper function that
initializes an EFI object and adds it to the EFI object
list.
efi_exit() is the only place where we dereference a handle
to obtain a protocol interface. Add a comment to the function.
Suggested-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Use helper functions efi_created_handle and efi_add_protocol
for creating the console handles and instaling the respective
protocols.
This change is needed if we want to move from an array of
protocols to a linked list of protocols.
Eliminate EFI_PROTOCOL_OBJECT which is not used anymore.
Currently we have not defined protocol interfaces to be const.
So efi_con_out and efi_console_control cannot be defined as const.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
This patch provides helper functions to manage protocols.
efi_search_protocol - find a protocol on a handle
efi_add_protocol - install a protocol on a handle
efi_remove_protocol - remove a protocol from a handle
efi_remove_all_protocols - remove all protocols from a handle
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Use efi_uintn_t instead of unsigned long.
EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_OPERATION is an enum. If we don't
define an enum we have to pass it as u32.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The argument of efi_search_obj is not changed so it should
be marked as const.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
efi_dp_match does not change its arguments.
So they should be marked as const.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
EFI_HANDLEs are used both in boottime and in runtime services.
efi_search_obj is a function that can be used to validate
handles. So let's make it accessible via efi_loader.h.
We can simplify the coding using list_for_each_entry.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Consistenly use efi_uintn_t wherever the UEFI spec uses
UINTN in boot services interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
UINTN is used in the UEFI specification for unsigned integers
matching the bitness of the CPU.
Types in U-Boot should be lower case. The patch replaces it
by efi_uintn_t.
Suggested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
INTN is not used in the coding.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
This unit test checks the following protocol services:
InstallProtocolInterface, UninstallProtocolInterface,
InstallMultipleProtocolsInterfaces,
UninstallMultipleProtocolsInterfaces,
HandleProtocol, ProtocolsPerHandle,
LocateHandle, LocateHandleBuffer.
As UninstallProtocolInterface and UninstallMultipleProtocolsInterfaces
are not completely implemented a TODO message will shown for
their failure.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Constants should be capitalized.
So rename the values of enum efi_locate_search_type.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Environment variable efi_selftest is passed as load options
to the selftest application. It is used to select a single
test to be executed.
The load options are an UTF8 string. Yet I decided to keep
the name propertiy of the tests as char[] to reduce code
size.
Special value 'list' displays a list of all available tests.
Tests get an on_request property. If this property is set
the tests are only executed if explicitly requested.
The invocation of efi_selftest is changed to reflect that
bootefi selftest with efi_selftest = 'list' will call the
Exit bootservice.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Use a define to detect double inclusion of efi_loader.h.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Provide a conversion function from utf8 to utf16.
Add missing #include <linux/types.h> in include/charset.h.
Remove superfluous #include <common.h> in lib/charset.c.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The watchdog is initialized with a 5 minute timeout period.
It can be reset by SetWatchdogTimer.
It is stopped by ExitBoottimeServices.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
evb-rk3128 is an evb from Rockchip based on rk3128 SoC:
- 2 USB2.0 Host port;
- 1 HDMI port;
- 2 10/100M eth port;
- 2GB ddr;
- 16GB eMMC;
- UART to USB debug port;
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
RK3128 is a SoC from Rockchip with quad-core Cortex-A7 CPU
and mali400 GPU. Support Nand flash, eMMC, SD card, USB 2.0 host
and device, HDMI/LVDS/MIPI display.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Add dts binding header for rk3128, files origin from kernel.
Series-Changes: 2
- fix i2c address
- add saradc and usb phy node
- emmc using fifo mode for there is no dma support in rk3128 emmc
- add some clock id in cru.h
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Rework the ULCB CPLD driver and make it into a sysreset driver,
since that is what the ULCB CPLD driver is mostly for.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND has been removed in commit 2be296538e (Convert
CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC/NAND/UBI and NOWHERE to Kconfig).
CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH has been removed in commit 91c868fe7c
(Convert CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH to Kconfig). The environment #ifdef
is now empty. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Currently X86 does not properly support distro defaults.
This patch is only a partial fix.
It provides the name of the bootloader EFI application
for the X86 architecture.
The architecture dependent file names are defined in the UEFI
specification.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This board is based on the Atmel sama5d3 eval boards.
Supporting the following features:
- Boot from NAND Flash
- Ethernet
- FIT
- SPL
Signed-off-by: Ben Whitten <ben.whitten@lairdtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Kephart <dan.kephart@lairdtech.com>
This board is based on the Atmel 9x5 eval board.
Supporting the following features:
- Boot from NAND Flash
- Ethernet
- FIT
- SPL
Signed-off-by: Ben Whitten <ben.whitten@lairdtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Kephart <dan.kephart@lairdtech.com>
Building spl with CONFIG_OF_EMBED enabled results in an error message
on my board: "SPL image too big". This is because the fdtgrep build
step is only executed for CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE.
Fix this by moving the fdtgrep build step ('cmd_fdtgreo') from
scripts/Makefile.spl to dts/Makefile so that the reduced dtb is
available for all kinds of spl builds.
The resulting variable name for the embedded device tree blob changes,
too, which is why common.h and fdtdec.c have tiny changes.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <sgoldschmidt@de.pepperl-fuchs.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the SAMA5D2 PTC EK board and remove the SAMA5D2 PTC ENGI board
which was a prototype.
Signed-off-by: Ludovic Desroches <ludovic.desroches@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
In order to factorize code between STM32F4 and STM32F7
migrate all structs related to RCC clocks in include/stm32_rcc.h
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
MMC block needs 48Mhz source clock, for that we choose
to select the SAI PLL.
Update also stm32_clock_get_rate() to retrieve the MMC
clock source needed in MMC driver.
STM32F4 uses a different RCC variant than STM32F7. For STM32F4
sdmmc clocks bit are located into dckcfgr register whereas there
are located into dckcfgr2 registers on STM32F7.
In both registers, bits CK48MSEL and SDMMC1SEL are located at
the same position.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Priouzeau <christophe.priouzeau@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
Like STM32H7, now STM32F4/F7 clock drivers are binded by
MFD stm32_rcc driver.
This also allows to add reset support to STM32F4/F7 SoCs family.
As Reset driver is not part of SPL supported drivers, don't bind it
in case of SPL to avoid that stm32_rcc_bind() returns an error.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
Stop using the old ad-hoc SH I2C driver and use the new RCar IIC
driver instead. The SH I2C driver should be deprecated and removed
eventually.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Since we use DM and DT, these SCIF configuration options are useless.
Remove them.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
As we have a proper clock framework driver, these macros are not
needed, so drop them and clean up the whitelist.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
These macros are no longer needed since the DRAM configuration is parsed
from the DT. Drop them all.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Since checkboard() is gone, rmobile_sysinfo is also pointless on Gen3.
Furthermore, nuke ad-hoc CONFIG_RCAR_BOARD_STRING which is also dead.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Since the Gen3 clock driver now has a .remove callback, it is no
longer necessary to shut the clock down before booting Linux in the
arch_preboot_os hook. Stop using it and while doing so, remove all
the ad-hoc config options which this hook used.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Pull out the GIC macros from the board configuration files
into the common Gen3 configuration file since these macros
are the same for all Gen3 systems.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The USB support has been switched to DM, so this macro is no
longer meaningful, drop it.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Enable the Micrel KSZ90x1 driver on ULCB, since the board is populated
with KSZ9031 and without this driver, the PHY cannot be operated.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Zynq:
- Add support for Syzygy and cc108 boards
- Add support for mini u-boot configurations (cse)
- dts updates
- config/defconfig updates in connection to Kconfig changes
- Fix psu_init handling
ZynqMP:
- SPL fixes
- Remove slcr.c
- Fixing r5 startup sequence
- Add support for external pmufw
- Add support for new ZynqMP chips
- dts updates
- Add support for zcu102 rev1.0 board
Drivers:
- nand: Support external timing setting and board init
- ahci: Fix wording
- axi_emac: Wait for bit, non processor mode, readl/write conversion
- zynq_gem: Fix SGMII/PCS support
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iEYEABECAAYFAloeqWoACgkQykllyylKDCHO1wCggsSgQqOPdCo207FqI3yj2p0E
MYkAoI1wKvQcjGJJY19YEC1r70Op8RNo
=BqNN
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'xilinx-for-v2018.01' of git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot-microblaze
Xilinx changes for v2018.1
Zynq:
- Add support for Syzygy and cc108 boards
- Add support for mini u-boot configurations (cse)
- dts updates
- config/defconfig updates in connection to Kconfig changes
- Fix psu_init handling
ZynqMP:
- SPL fixes
- Remove slcr.c
- Fixing r5 startup sequence
- Add support for external pmufw
- Add support for new ZynqMP chips
- dts updates
- Add support for zcu102 rev1.0 board
Drivers:
- nand: Support external timing setting and board init
- ahci: Fix wording
- axi_emac: Wait for bit, non processor mode, readl/write conversion
- zynq_gem: Fix SGMII/PCS support
Generally we load Linux kernels on Boston boards in the form of FIT
images containing a compressed kernel binary. Linux is linked at
0x80100000 and so we need to decompress the kernel binary to that
address, however this is our default load address which means that
unless explicitly avoided we hit a decompression error as the
uncompressed kernel binary overwrites its compressed version from the
FIT image.
Avoid this by adjusting CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR to 0x88000000 (or
0xffffffff88000000 for MIPS64 builds) which avoids the address overlap
between compressed & uncompressed kernel binaries.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: u-boot@lists.denx.de
MIPS is no longer a part of Imagination Technologies, and as such my
@imgtec.com email address will soon cease to function. This patch
updates occurrances of it with my new @mips.com email address, and adds
an entry in .mailmap such that git (& tools such as get_maintainer.pl
when examining history) will use the new address.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: u-boot@lists.denx.de
Several drivers check ->chipsize to see if the third row address cycle
is needed. Instead of embedding magic sizes such as 32MB, 128MB in
drivers, introduce a new flag NAND_ROW_ADDR_3 for clean-up. Since
nand_scan_ident() knows well about the device, it can handle this
properly. The flag is set if the row address bit width is greater
than 16.
Delete comments such as "One more address cycle for ..." because
intention is now clear enough from the code.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: 14157f861437ebe2d624b0a845b91bbdf8ca9a2d]
struct nand_ecc_caps was designed as flexible as possible to support
multiple stepsizes (like sunxi_nand.c).
So, we need to write multiple arrays even for the simplest case.
I guess many controllers support a single stepsize, so here is a
shorthand macro for the case.
It allows to describe like ...
NAND_ECC_CAPS_SINGLE(denali_pci_ecc_caps, denali_calc_ecc_bytes, 512, 8, 15);
... instead of
static const int denali_pci_ecc_strengths[] = {8, 15};
static const struct nand_ecc_step_info denali_pci_ecc_stepinfo = {
.stepsize = 512,
.strengths = denali_pci_ecc_strengths,
.nstrengths = ARRAY_SIZE(denali_pci_ecc_strengths),
};
static const struct nand_ecc_caps denali_pci_ecc_caps = {
.stepinfos = &denali_pci_ecc_stepinfo,
.nstepinfos = 1,
.calc_ecc_bytes = denali_calc_ecc_bytes,
};
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: a03c60178c181767ecfb26fb311a88742d228118]
Driver are responsible for setting up ECC parameters correctly.
Those include:
- Check if ECC parameters specified (usually by DT) are valid
- Meet the chip's ECC requirement
- Maximize ECC strength if NAND_ECC_MAXIMIZE flag is set
The logic can be generalized by factoring out common code.
This commit adds 3 helpers to the NAND framework:
nand_check_ecc_caps - Check if preset step_size and strength are valid
nand_match_ecc_req - Match the chip's requirement
nand_maximize_ecc - Maximize the ECC strength
To use the helpers above, a driver needs to provide:
- Data array of supported ECC step size and strength
- A hook that calculates ECC bytes from the combination of
step_size and strength.
By using those helpers, code duplication among drivers will be
reduced.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: 2c8f8afa7f92acb07641bf95b940d384ed1d0294]
Some NAND controllers can assign different NAND timings to different
CS lines. Pass the CS line information to ->setup_data_interface() so
that the NAND controller driver knows which CS line is concerned by
the setup_data_interface() request.
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: 104e442a67cfba4d0cc982384761befb917fb6a1]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
In some cases, nand_do_{read,write}_ops is passed with unaligned
ops->datbuf. Drivers using DMA will be unhappy about unaligned
buffer.
The new struct member, buf_align, represents the minimum alignment
the driver require for the buffer. If the buffer passed from the
upper MTD layer does not have enough alignment, nand_do_*_ops will
use bufpoi.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: 477544c62a84d3bacd9f90ba75ffc16c04d78071]
The ->errstat() hook is no longer implemented NAND controller drivers.
Get rid of it before someone starts abusing it.
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: 7d135bcced20be2b50128432c5426a7278ec4f6d]
[masahiro: modify davinci_nand.c for U-Boot]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Cached programming is always skipped, so drop the associated code until
we decide to really support it.
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: 0b4773fd1649e0d418275557723a7ef54f769dc9]
[masahiro: modify davinci_nand.c for U-Boot]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
In order to make the ecclayout definition completely dynamic we need to
rework the way the OOB layout are defined and iterated.
Create a few mtd_ooblayout_xxx() helpers to ease OOB bytes manipulation
and hide ecclayout internals to their users.
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: 75eb2cec251fda33c9bb716ecc372819abb9278a]
[masahiro:
cherry-pick more code from adbbc3bc827eb1f43a932d783f09ba55c8ec8379]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
If your controller already sends the required NAND commands when
reading or writing a page, then the framework is not supposed to
send READ0 and SEQIN/PAGEPROG respectively.
Signed-off-by: Marc Gonzalez <marc_gonzalez@sigmadesigns.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: 3371d663bb4579f1b2003a92162edd6d90edd089]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Add the tR_max, tBERS_max, tPROG_max and tCCS_min timings to the
nand_sdr_timings struct.
Assign default/safe values for the statically defined timings, and
extract them from the ONFI parameter table if the NAND is ONFI
compliant.
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Tested-by: Marc Gonzalez <marc_gonzalez@sigmadesigns.com>
[Linux commit: 204e7ecd47e26cc12d9e8e8a7e7a2eeb9573f0ba
Fixup commit: 6d29231000bbe0fb9e4893a9c68151ffdd3b5469]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
When changing from one data interface setting to another, one has to
ensure a specific sequence which is described in the ONFI spec.
One of these constraints is that the CE line has go high after a reset
before a command can be sent with the new data interface setting, which
is not guaranteed by the current implementation.
Rework the nand_reset() function and all the call sites to make sure the
CE line is asserted and released when required.
Also make sure to actually apply the new data interface setting on the
first die.
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Fixes: d8e725dd8311 ("mtd: nand: automate NAND timings selection")
Reviewed-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Tested-by: Marc Gonzalez <marc_gonzalez@sigmadesigns.com>
[Linux commit: 73f907fd5fa56b0066d199bdd7126bbd04f6cd7b]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The NAND framework provides several helpers to query timing modes supported
by a NAND chip, but this implies that all NAND controller drivers have
to implement the same timings selection dance. Also currently NAND
devices can be resetted at arbitrary places which also resets the timing
for ONFI chips to timing mode 0.
Provide a common logic to select the best timings based on ONFI or
->onfi_timing_mode_default information. Hook this into nand_reset()
to make sure the new timing is applied each time during a reset.
NAND controller willing to support timings adjustment should just
implement the ->setup_data_interface() method.
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
[Linux commit: d8e725dd831186a3595036b2b1df9f68cbc6efa3]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The nand layer will need ONFI mode 0 to use it as timing mode
before and right after reset.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: 6e1f9708dbf3c50a8da93c1952a01a7a2acb5e66]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
struct nand_data_interface is the designated type to pass to
the NAND drivers to configure the timing. To simplify further
patches convert the onfi_sdr_timings array from type struct
nand_sdr_timings nand_data_interface.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: b1dd3ca203fccd111926c3f6ac59bf903ec62b05]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Currently we have no data structure to fully describe a NAND timing.
We only have struct nand_sdr_timings for NAND timings in SDR mode,
but nothing for DDR mode and also no container to store both types
of timing.
This patch adds struct nand_data_interface which stores the timing
type and a union of different timings. This can be used to pass to
drivers in order to configure the timing.
Add kerneldoc for struct nand_sdr_timings while touching it anyway.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: eee64b700e26b9bcc6fce024681c31f5e12271fc]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
When NAND devices are resetted some initialization may have to be done,
like for example they have to be configured for the timing mode that
shall be used. To get a common place where this initialization can be
implemented create a nand_reset() function. This currently only issues
a NAND_CMD_RESET to the NAND device. The places issuing this command
manually are replaced with a call to nand_reset().
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: 2f94abfe35b210e7711af9202a3dcfc9e779219a]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
'extern' is not necessary for function declarations. To prevent
people from adding the keyword to new declarations remove the
existing ones.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: 79022591839f110f465cac0223e117b91d47d5db]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The generic NAND DT bindings allows one to tweak the ECC strength and
step size to their need. It can be used to lower the ECC strength to
match a bootloader/firmware config, but might also be used to get a better
reliability.
In the latter case, the user might want to use the maximum ECC strength
without having to explicitly calculate the exact value (this value not
only depends on the OOB size, but also on the NAND controller, and can
be tricky to extract).
Add a generic 'nand-ecc-maximize' DT property and the associated
NAND_ECC_MAXIMIZE flag, to let ECC controller drivers select the best
ECC strength and step-size on their own.
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Acked-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
[Linux commit: ba78ee00e1ff84de9b3ad33edbd3ec599099ee82]
[masahiro: of_property_read_bool -> fdt_getprop for U-Boot]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Add stubs to the header in case CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ONFI_DETECTION is
disabled. This is much easier than adding around #ifdef to the
caller side.
Also, I removed the #ifdef around onfi_params. In Linux, onfi_params
and jedec_params are unified as union. It will be the right thing
to do.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Same macros are defined in various places. Collect them into
include/linux/bitops.h like Linux.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Added pin control support in device tree for zynqmp.
Signed-off-by: Chirag Parekh <chirag.parekh@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add configuration files/dtses for mini u-boot configurations which runs
out of OCM.
ram top is calculated from 0 that's why +#define CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE
0xfffc0000
+#define CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_SIZE 0x40000
was hardcoded.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
All these configs were moved to Kconfig that's why this empty ifdef
structure is not needed anymore.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add the Zynq-based SYZYGY Hub board from Opal Kelly. The board
contains a Xilinx Zynq xc7z012s SoC, 1GB DDR3 RAM, and supports
booting from SD.
Signed-off-by: Tom McLeod <tom.mcleod@opalkelly.com>
Cc: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
CC: Albert Aribaud <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
mx6sxsabresd can run different kernel versions, such as NXP 4.1 or mainline.
Currently the rootfs location is passed via mmcblk number and the
problem with this approach is that the mmcblk number for the SD
card changes depending on the kernel version.
In order to avoid such issue, use the UUID method to specify the
rootfs location.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
A minor code-size increase from the changes for tracking the os-type
of FIT images and from infrastructure for recording the loadables into
the the loaded FDT, broke the builds for sun50i and some OMAP2+ devices.
This change adds a new config option (enabled by default for
MACH_SUN50I, MACH_SUN50I_H5 and ARCH_OMAP2PLUS) that does skips these
processing steps (bringing code size down to below the limit
again). The os-type is not evaluated, but assumed to be IH_OS_UBOOT
(i.e. taking the code-paths intended for backward-compatibility).
Note that enabling this config option precludes any useful downstream
processing, such as utilising a special calling convention for ATF or
OPTEE, based on the os-type of the loadables.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
During the loading of more complex FIT images (e.g. when the invoked
next stage needs to find additional firmware for a power-management
core... or if there are multiple images for different privilege levels
started in parallel), it is helpful to create a record of what images
are loaded where: if a FDT is loaded for one of the next stages, it
can be used to convey the status and location of loadables.
This adds a fdt_record_loadable() function that can be invoked to
record the status of each loadable below the /fit-images path.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Mainly a stylistic change: convert the load_addr and entry_point
fields of struct spl_image_info to uintptr_t (from ulong).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When loading a full U-Boot with detached device-tree using the SPL FIT
backend, we should store the address of the FDT loaded as part of the
SPL image info: this allows us to fixup the FDT with additional info
we may want to propagate onward.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To boot on ARMv8 systems with ARM Trusted Firmware, we need to
assemble an ATF-specific parameter structure and also provide the
address of the images started by ATF (e.g. BL3-3, which may be the
full U-Boot).
To allow us to identify an ARM Trusted Firmware contained in a FIT
image, this adds the necessary definitions.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A few header files still have a definition of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE, causing
warnings during buildman runs. This removes the duplicate definitions
from evb_px5.h, geekbox.h and rv1108_common.h.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
There still are a few CONFIG_SPL_* options selected using defines from
rk3188_common.h instead of via Kconfig. This migrates those over to
Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
For the RK3188, the BROM will attempt to load up the first stage
image (SPL for the RK3188) in two steps: first 1KB to offset 0x800
in the SRAM and then the remainder to offset 0xc00 in the SRAM.
It always enters at 0x804, though.
With this changeset, the RK3188 boot removes the TPL (stub) stage and
builds a single SPL binary that utilizes the early back-to-bootrom via
the boot0-hook.
Consequently, the passing of the saved boot params via pmu->os_reg[2]
is also removed.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
With the boot0-hook inserting the additional padding to receive our
SPL magic, the SPL_TEXT_BASE can be aligned again.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
After we use boot0 hook, we can use offset '000' instead of '004' as
SPL_TEXT_BASE.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
[Updated tag in commit summary:]
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
As per current android recommendation
https://source.android.com/devices/architecture/kernel/modular-kernels
1. Android recovery mode should contain both SOC and ODM
kernel modules in the recovery partition.
2. If a kernel module is required both in recovery and normal boot
mode, the module has to be located in recovery and vendor
partition seperately.
3. Kernel modules used in recovery mode should be independent
of vendor and odm partition
4. Recovery image should contain atleast
storage, display, keypad, battery and pmic modules.
Due to these requirements, recovery image size has increased
to >10MB.
This patch is to increase recovery partition size for TI devices
so that we dont see such flashing error
log:
sending 'recovery' (12560 KB)...
OKAY [ 0.436s]
writing 'recovery'...
FAILED (remote: too large for partition)
finished. total time: 0.458s
Signed-off-by: Praneeth Bajjuri <praneeth@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Create board support for GE PPD, based on mx53loco.
Use mx53ppd_defconfig make target to configure for this board.
Signed-off-by: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandor Han <nandor.han@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.co.uk>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Command run setup_emmc will create gpt partitions for mmc 0 device
based on patitions variable.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Berton <fabio.berton@ossystems.com.br>
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Create layout with a boot 16MiB partition and rootfs with remain
space.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Berton <fabio.berton@ossystems.com.br>
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Change dfu_alt_info variable to use the following altsetting:
uboot: To flash raw U-Boot
/zImage: boot: To copy kernel image
/imx6ul-pico-hobbit.dtb: To copy dtb file
rootfs: To copy rootfs
List the currently attached DFU capable USB devices running:
sudo dfu-util -l
Flash U-Boot:
sudo dfu-util -D u-boot.imx -a uboot
Copy boot files:
sudo dfu-util -D zImage -a /zImage
sudo dfu-util -D imx6ul-pico-hobbit.dtb -a /imx6ul-pico-hobbit.dtb
Flash rootfs:
sudo dfu-util -D rootfs.ext4 -a rootfs
To copy boot files you need to have a formated mmc 0:1 partition. To
format with ext4 filesystem you can use ums.
Run on target:
ums 0 mmc 0
and on host:
sudo mkfs.ext4 /dev/sdx1
Signed-off-by: Fabio Berton <fabio.berton@ossystems.com.br>
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Currently the rootfs location is passed via mmcblk number and using
the UUID method to specify the rootfs location is a better approach
working even if mmcblk number for the eMMC changes depending on the
kernel versions.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Berton <fabio.berton@ossystems.com.br>
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Create CONFIG_DFU_ENV_SETTINGS to set dfu environment settings to
improve human readable code.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Berton <fabio.berton@ossystems.com.br>
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
We first introduce CONFIG_USE_BOOTCOMMAND, similar to
CONFIG_USE_BOOTARGS. We then migrate CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND for most
CONFIG_DISTRO_DEFAULT users. In some cases platforms have a complex
scheme around this usage, and these have been defered for the moment so
that platform maintainers can work on a migration plan.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Since CONFIG_DEFAULT_CONSOLE is already started with "console=",
the console argument in CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS is expanded to
"console=console=ttySAC1,115200n8" and this causes the wrong
console device.
#define CONFIG_DEFAULT_CONSOLE "console=ttySAC1,115200n8\0"
...
#define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
"console=" CONFIG_DEFAULT_CONSOLE
Signed-off-by: Dongjin Kim <tobetter@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
TPM_NV_PER_PPREAD: physical presence needed for reading
TPM_NV_PER_WRITEDEFINE: persistent write lock by writing size 0
TPM_NV_PER_WRITEALL: write in one go
Signed-off-by: André Draszik <adraszik@tycoint.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a function to obtain random data from the TPM.
Signed-off-by: André Draszik <adraszik@tycoint.com>
Added commit message, add cast to min()
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch adds support for the Internal RMII Ethernet PHY on the
Amlogic P212 Reference Board.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The Amlogic Meson GXL/GXM families embeds an internal RMII Ethernet PHY.
The PHY acts as a generic PHY but needs a slight configuration right
before it's configuration.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
lib/libfdt/ and scripts/dtc/libfdt have the same copies for the
followings 6 files:
fdt.c fdt_addresses.c fdt_empty_tree.c fdt_overlay.c fdt_strerr.c
fdt_sw.c
Make them a wrapper of scripts/dtc/libfdt/*. This is exactly what
Linux does to sync libfdt. In order to make is possible, import
<linux/libfdt.h> and <linux/libfdt_env.h> from Linux 4.14-rc5.
Unfortunately, U-Boot locally modified the following 3 files:
fdt_ro.c fdt_wip.c fdt_rw.c
The fdt_region.c is U-Boot own file.
I did not touch them in order to avoid unpredictable impact.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Add this typedef in the same place as in Linux. This is necessary
to refactor libfdt inclusion.
U-Boot also defines it in include/compiler.h. Of course it should
not do that, but I do not want to open a can of worms.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Fortunately, U-Boot did not modify fdt.h locally.
Change it to a wrapper of scripts/dtc/libfdt/fdt.h, which will be
periodically synced with the upstream DTC (or kernel).
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This adds platform code for the Amlogic P212 reference board based on a
Meson GXL (S905X) SoC with the Meson GXL configuration.
This initial submission only supports UART and MMC/SDCard, support for the
internal Ethernet PHY in Work In Progress.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Beniamino Galvani <b.galvani@gmail.com>
Synchronize the Amlogic ARM64 dts from mainline Linux 4.13.5
In the preparation of the support of the Amlogic P212 board,
import the corresponding meson-gxl-s905x-p212.dts file.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Beniamino Galvani <b.galvani@gmail.com>
The production variant of the SPI flash used by the clearfog
devices are based on winbond chips. Additionally enable
SPI_FLASH_BAR since some variants will have 16MB of flash
that requires this to be enabled.
Remove the default speed and mode; these values are taken from the
device tree when CONFIG_DM_SPI_FLASH is enabled.
Add default bus, so that 'sf' detects the SPI flash by default.
Signed-off-by: Jon Nettleton <jon@solid-run.com>
[baruch: remove speed/mode; add bus; move winbond to defconfig]
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Distro boot support gives flexibility to run distro RFS like Ubuntu
being deployed from SD card or SATA drive. If it fails to detect
external storage, fall back to qspi/sd boot.
Enable this by default in RDB's defconfig by selecting
CONFIG_DISTRO_DEFAULTS
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Ying <zhangying@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Update the falcon offsets for args to 16MB and kernel to 17MB
Since the below commit updated U-Boot proper location along
with rockchip boot image offsets
"spl: set SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR to 0x4000 for rockchip"
(sha1: 8f4d62b403)
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The following error has been observed on i.MX25 with a high-speed SDSC
card:
Data Write Failed in PIO Mode.
It was caused by the timeout set on PRSSTAT.BWEN, which was triggered
because this bit takes 15 ms to be set after writing the first block to
DATPORT with this card. Without this timeout, all the blocks are
properly written.
This timeout was implemented by decrementing a variable, so it was
depending on the CPU frequency. Fix this issue by setting this timeout
to a long enough absolute duration (500 ms).
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau.dev@gmail.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
The motivation for moving MX25 selection to Kconfig is to be
able to better handle MX25 specific errata, so that an errata option
can be selected at SoC level instead of board level.
This selection method also aligns with the way other i.MX SoCs are
selected in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Sebastien Bourdelin <sebastien.bourdelin@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau.dev@gmail.com>
The environment storage location is selectable via Kconfig. We support
eMMC, SD and SPI-NOR as location for U-Boot. This adds support to store
the environment in the SPI-NOR additional to the default eMMC location.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
All Rockchip SoCs use 32KB as CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Using the ENV offset from rockchip legacy U-Boot for all SoCs,
the offset is 4MB-32KB
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
We use the same default ENV setting in rockchip_common.h for all SoC.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
U-Boot bundles a patched copy of libfdt, so it's wrong to attempt to
include it <like/this>. This breaks the build for me when I have dtc
fully installed in my host -- as happened earlier tonight with
Buildroot, for example.
There are several other occurrences throughout the code where '<libfdt'
matches. I'm not modifying these because I have no clue why the
<systemwide> include style is being used -- IMHO wrongly.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kundrát <jan.kundrat@cesnet.cz>
We move all instances of CONFIG_MTDIDS_DEFAULT and
CONFIG_MTDPARTS_DEFAULT from the header files to the defconfig files.
There's a few cases here where we need to expand upon what was in the
header file.
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com> #omap3_logic
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Remove CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET for there already have one in rockchip_common.h
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES should only be added if the corresponding u-boot
command is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
rockchip-common.h already defines values that are missing from
rk3368_common.h
For example BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES was defined empty and therefore
distroboot had no boot targets.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Enable UMS and DFU, so that the eMMC can be accessed via the
USB gadget port on the board.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Add support for the latest MX6QP wandboard variant.
Based on Richard Hu's work from Technexion's U-Boot tree.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
On Vybrid SoCs U-Boot gets loaded into GFX SRAM which is 512KiB.
Currently 32KiB is reserved for the IMX header. However, this is
not reflected in the size limit. In v2017.11-rc2 the actual size
limit (512KiB-32KiB) has been reached for Colibri VF61, which
lead to a successful build of U-Boot but not a working binary.
The IMX header is much smaller than 32KiB, typically around 1KiB.
Decrease the reserved size to 4KiB and specify the correct U-Boot
size limit. Apply this new base address and limit for all Vybrid
based boards.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
When CONFIG_DM_MMC=y, CONFIG_BLK should be selected, otherwise the
SD/eMMC card cannot be used.
Also, select CONFIG_DM_USB=y when CONFIG_USB=y to avoid build failure.
Tested on mx6slevk, mx7dsabresd and mx6ullevk.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Sébastien Szymanski <sebastien.szymanski@armadeus.com>
Tested-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Amrita Kumari <amrita.kumari@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Because COMFIG_DM_USB has been enabled and will not use it anymore.
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
use Kconfig to select xhci accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Use Kconfig to select QE-HDLC and USB pin-mux.
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
On ls1012a soc, core clock source frequency is fixed at 100Mhz.
Generic timer frequency is core clock source divided by 4, which
is 25Mhz.
Signed-off-by: Tang Yuantian <andy.tang@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This macro only appears in commented-out lines. It is not referenced
by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher<hs@denx.de>
Add an operation to read EDID, since bridge may have ability to read
EDID from the panel that is connected to it, for example LCD<->eDP bridge.
Signed-off-by: Vasily Khoruzhick <anarsoul@gmail.com>
Add an option to indicate that the video driver should setup a SimpleFB
node that passes the video framebuffer initialized by U-Boot to the
operating system kernel.
Currently only the Allwinner DE driver uses this option, and the
definition of this option in the sunxi-common.h config header is
converted to an imply of this option from CONFIG_VIDEO_SUNXI.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
The sunxi DE1 video option used to be CONFIG_VIDEO, which has the same
name as the "Enable legacy video support" option in
drivers/video/Kconfig.
Change the option name to CONFIG_VIDEO_SUNXI, which is really used by
Makefile under drivers/video/sunxi/, and defined in sunxi-common.h
when CONFIG_VIDEO is selected before this change. Now CONFIG_VIDEO_SUNXI
selects CONFIG_VIDEO and the usages of CONFIG_VIDEO in sunxi Kconfig and
config headers are all converted to use CONFIG_VIDEO_SUNXI.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Remove hardcoded ftd file name from environment variables.
Use CONFIG_DEFAULT_FDT_FILE macro instead.
Signed-off-by: Michal Oleszczyk <m.oleszczyk@grinn-global.com>
All users of this macro have been converted. Remove MTDDEBUG and
related CONFIG options.
ubifs_dbg_msg_key() is kept. It is silent unless DEBUG is defined.
I am not touching scripts/config_whitelist.txt. The deprecated options
will be dropped by the next resync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
If the environment "verify" is set to n, the image verification
is entirely skipped. Remove it as a preparation for verified boot.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The default value of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN, 0x800000, causes error
when uncompressing Image.gz out of FIT image.
Uncompressing Kernel Image ... Error: inflate() returned -5
Image too large: increase CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
We add the various SMC91XX symbols to drivers/net/Kconfig and then this
converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SMC911X
CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
[trini: Apply to the rest of the tree, re-squash old and new patch]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_NAND_MXC
CONFIG_NAND_OMAP_GPMC
CONFIG_NAND_OMAP_GPMC_PREFETCH
CONFIG_NAND_OMAP_ELM
CONFIG_SPL_NAND_AM33XX_BCH
CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
[trini: Finish migration of CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE, fix some build issues,
add CONFIG_NAND_MXC so we can do CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add vendor partition to Android GPT table for eMMC.
A Vendor image contains SoC-specific code and configuration.
Prior to Android 8.0, the vendor partition was optional ;
files belonging to these images were placed in boot.img or system.img
with symlinks (such as /vendor >/system/vendor ) when absent.
Android 8.0 makes the vendor partition mandatory
The goal is to modularize Android partitions with standard interface between
the Android Platform (on system.img ) and vendor-provided code(on vendor.img).
This standard interface enables the Android Platform to be updated
without affecting the SoC partitions. This makes it possible to upgrade a
device system.img from Android 8.0 to Android P while other images (such as
vendor.img) remain at Android 8.0. This modularity enables timely
Android platform upgrades (such as monthly security updates )
without requiring SoC/ODM partners to update SoC- and device-specific code.
Signed-off-by: Vishal Mahaveer <vishalm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Praneeth Bajjuri <praneeth@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add vendor partition to Android GPT table for eMMC.
A Vendor image contains SoC-specific code and configuration.
Prior to Android 8.0, the vendor partition was optional ;
files belonging to these images were placed in boot.img or system.img
with symlinks (such as /vendor >/system/vendor ) when absent.
Android 8.0 makes the vendor partition mandatory
The goal is to modularize Android partitions with standard interface between
the Android Platform (on system.img ) and vendor-provided code(on vendor.img).
This standard interface enables the Android Platform to be updated
without affecting the SoC partitions. This makes it possible to upgrade a
device system.img from Android 8.0 to Android P while other images (such as
vendor.img) remain at Android 8.0. This modularity enables timely
Android platform upgrades (such as monthly security updates )
without requiring SoC/ODM partners to update SoC- and device-specific code.
Signed-off-by: Praneeth Bajjuri <praneeth@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Removal of the legacy DataFlash code turned genimg_get_image() into a
no-op. Drop all calls to it and the function itself.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Last user of this option went away in commit:
fdc7718999 ("board: usb_a9263: Update to support DT and DM")
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Last user of this option went away in commit:
fdc7718999 ("board: usb_a9263: Update to support DT and DM")
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
This macro isn't used by anything, and in fact hasn't ever been used
according to the Git logs.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Since
rem = ((long) *tim_p) % SECSPERDAY;
the second while cycle
while (rem >= SECSPERDAY)
is dead.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 167334)
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
When compiling with W=1 the following warning is observed:
arch/arm/mach-imx/mx6/soc.c:590:6: warning: no previous prototype for ‘s_init’ [-Wmissing-prototypes] void s_init(void)
Remove this warning by adding the function prototype into include/common.h file.
Signed-off-by: Diego Dorta <diego.dorta@nxp.com>
Upstream Linux has received a few device tree updates to the RPi
which we should propagate into the builtin U-Boot one as well to
gain hardware support.
This patch bumps the dts files to their 4.14 Linux counterparts
with the exception of sdhost on 32bit RPi versions. There we stay
with iproc as the sdhost driver is missing in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
This is the second batch of amazing improvements for efi_loader in 2017.11:
- New self tests to verify our own code
- A few bug fixes
- colored text support
- event and SNP improvements, should get us close to iPXE working
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2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=PiNi
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'signed-efi-next' of git://github.com/agraf/u-boot
Patch queue for efi - 2017-10-13
This is the second batch of amazing improvements for efi_loader in 2017.11:
- New self tests to verify our own code
- A few bug fixes
- colored text support
- event and SNP improvements, should get us close to iPXE working
Add support for the DHCOM i.MX6 PDK board. This board has:
- FEC ethernet
- EHCI USB host
- 3x SDMMC
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The i.MX7 SOC doesn't include the SATA interface.
Signed-off-by: Uri Mashiach <uri.mashiach@compulab.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
UART pinmux has been changed on the last board revision. Change
board pinmux accordingly. Console is on UART7 now, add pinmux,
base address and update console string in environment.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
mx6slevk can run different kernel versions, such as NXP 4.1 or mainline.
Currently the rootfs location is passed via mmcblk number and the
problem with this approach is that the mmcblk number for the SD
card changes depending on the kernel version.
In order to avoid such issue, use the UUID method to specify the
rootfs location.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Latest wandboard hardware revision is revd1, which brings the following
new features:
- PFUZE100 PMIC
- AR8035 Ethernet PHY
- Upgrade Wifi/BT chip to BCM4339/BCM43430.
The detection mechanism is to probe the PMIC and when it is
found, then the revision of the board is revd1.
As the detection is done via PMIC, we need to print the board version
at a later stage via CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE and also need
to disable CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO, which is done much earlier.
Make the necessary adjustments for the AR8035 PHY to work on revd1.
Based on Richard Hu's work from Technexion's U-Boot tree.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
CONFIG_CMD_BOOTZ option has been converted to defconfig, so there
is no need to undefine it in board config file anymore.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
When compiling with W=1 the following warning is observed:
board/freescale/mx6sabresd/mx6sabresd.c:601:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘board_ehci_power’ [-Wmissing-prototypes] int board_ehci_power(int port, int on)
Remove this warning by adding the function prototype into usb/ehci-ci.h file.
Signed-off-by: Diego Dorta <diego.dorta@nxp.com>
CONFIG_CMD_BOOTZ symbol does not work in board config file
anymore, so fix this by moving it to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO is already defined inside "imx6_spl.h", so there
is no need to redefine it in the board config files.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
This rework the board to use the generic filesystem commands instead
of forcing the use of FAT for the boot files.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Shell.efi uses this, and supporting color attributes makes things look
nicer. Map the EFI fg/bg color attributes to ANSI escape sequences.
Not all colors have a perfect match, but spec just says "Devices
supporting a different number of text colors are required to emulate the
above colors to the best of the device’s capabilities".
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
[agraf: s/unsigned/unsigned int/]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
When we don't have a real device/image path, such as 'bootefi hello',
construct a mem-mapped device-path.
This fixes 'bootefi hello' after devicepath refactoring.
Fixes: 95c5553ea2 ("efi_loader: refactor boot device and loaded_image handling")
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The option is specified in Kconfig, but still a few config header files
are overriding the choice by #undef'ing it. Re-sync the option with
moveconfig to rid of the #undefs.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
The constant MAX_UTF8_PER_UTF16 is used to calculate
required memory when converting from UTF-16 to UTF-8.
If this constant is too big we waste memory.
A code point encoded by one UTF-16 symbol is converted to a
maximum of three UTF-8 symbols, e.g.
0xffff could be encoded as 0xef 0xbf 0xbf.
The first byte carries four bits, the second and third byte
carry six bits each.
A code point encoded by two UTF-16 symbols is converted to four
UTF-8 symbols.
So in this case we need a maximum of two UTF-8 symbols per
UTF-16 symbol.
As the overall maximum is three UTF-8 symobls per UTF-16 symbol
we need MAX_UTF8_PER_UTF16 = 3.
Fixes: 78178bb0c9 lib: add some utf16 handling helpers
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Due to a conflict with recent Primary Protected Application (PPA),
PPA cannot be loaded for SPL stage, falcon boot is not enabled by
default. With compatible PPA image, to enable falcon boot, activate
these Kconfig options in defconfig
CONFIG_SPL_FIT=y
CONFIG_SPL_FSL_LS_PPA=y
CONFIG_SPL_GZIP=y
CONFIG_SPL_LOAD_FIT=y
CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT=y
CONFIG_SPL_OF_LIBFDT=y
Because environment variables are not avaiable during SPL stage for
SD boot, set "boot_os=y" as default.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This board has soldered DDR chips. To reduce the SPL image size,
use static DDR setting instead of dynamic DDR driver.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Commit 15eb1d43bf ("spl: reorder the assignment of board info to
global data") intended to move assignment of board info earlier,
into board_init_r(). However, function preload_console_init() is
called either from spl_board_init() or from board_init_f(). For the
latter case, the board info assignment is much earlier than proposed
board_init_r(). Create a new function to fill gd->bd and call this
function when needed.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
CC: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
CC: Ravi Babu <ravibabu@ti.com>
CC: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
CC: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The MC boot sequence is contained in mc_env_boot. Update LS1088A
boards to use this function, and hook it to reset_phy so that it's
called late enough, after the ports have been initialized, for
proper DPC / DPL fixup.
Signed-off-by: Bogdan Purcareata <bogdan.purcareata@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
CONFIG_CMD_BOOTZ symbol does not work in board config file
anymore, so fix this by moving it to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Fix a bug of 'commit 8104deb2d6 ("armv8: layerscape: Adjust memory
mapping for Flash/SD card on LS1046A")' as NAND block size is 256KB
on LS1046AQDS.
Signed-off-by: Gong Qianyu <Qianyu.Gong@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This patch provides an EFI application to check the correct function
of the Simple Network Protocol implementation.
It sends a DHCP request and analyzes the DHCP offer.
Different error conditions including a 10s timeout are checked.
A successful execution will look like this:
=> bootefi nettest
Scanning disk ide.blk#0...
Found 1 disks
WARNING: Invalid device tree, expect boot to fail
Network test
DHCP Discover
DHCP reply received from 192.168.76.2 (52:55:c0:a8:4c:02)
as broadcast message.
OK. The test was completed successfully.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Enclose definition in parantheses to allow using efi_st_error
like a void function.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The size fields in the Simple Network Protocol are all
UINTN in the UEFI spec. So use size_t.
Provide a function description of the receive function.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The returned interrupt status was wrong.
As out transmit buffer is empty we need to always set
EFI_SIMPLE_NETWORK_TRANSMIT_INTERRUPT.
When we have received a packet we need to set
EFI_SIMPLE_NETWORK_RECEIVE_INTERRUPT.
Furthermore we should call efi_timer_check() to handle events.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Provide the simple network protocol revision.
This revision number could be used to identify backwards compatible
enhancements of the protocol.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
WaitForPacket is an event and not a function pointer.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The UEFI spec defines parameter index of WaitForEvent as UINTN*.
So we should use size_t here.
I deliberately do not use UINTN because I hold a following patch
that will eliminate UINTN because uppercase types to not match
the U-Boot coding style.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
We need to call some boottime services internally.
Our GUIDs are stored as const efi_guid_t *.
The boottime services never change GUIDs.
So we can define the parameters as const efi_guid_t *.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The UEFI spec defines the length parameters of CopyMem and SetMem
as UINTN. We should size_t here.
The source buffer of CopyMem should be marked as const.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Rename counter to more illustrative names.
Update notification function description.
Simplify notification function.
Add comment for arbitrary non-zero value.
Document @return.
Use constants for return values of setup, execute, teardown.
Reported-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Queued and signaled describe boolean states of events.
So let's use type bool and rename the structure members to is_queued
and is_signaled.
Update the comments for is_queued and is_signaled.
Reported-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
As suggested by Vikas Manocha, update embedded SRAM address
to use AXI SRAM available on D1 domain instead of using
AHB SRAM (D2 domain).
On some STM32H743 SoCs, D2 domain SRAM is accessible even if
SRAMxEN bit in AHB2ENR bits are not set whereas on others SoCs
version it's not accessible.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
This board is based on Intel Tangier SoC (Intel Merrifield platform)
and may utilize ACPI powerfulness.
Bring minimum support by appending initial DSDT table for it.
Note, the addresses for generated tables are carefully chosen to avoid
any conflicts with existing shadowed BIOS data. The user have somewhat
like ~31 kB available for compiled ACPI tables that ought to be enough.
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
This enables the easier usage of "-custom" kernel versions as well.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This is needed for the PCIe hotplug to work correctly on some boards.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
There is already existing function part_get_info_by_name().
But sometimes user is particularly interested in looking for only
specific partition type. This patch implements such an API that
provides partition searching by name for specified partition type.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This board builds an U-Boot binary that is bootable with QEMU's 'virt'
machine on ARM. The minimal QEMU command line is:
qemu-system-arm -machine virt,highmem=off -bios u-boot.bin
(Note that the 'highmem=off' parameter to the 'virt' machine is required for
PCI to work in U-Boot.) This command line enables the following:
- u-boot.bin loaded and executing in the emulated flash at address 0x0
- A generated device tree blob placed at the start of RAM
- A freely configurable amount of RAM, described by the DTB
- A PL011 serial port, discoverable via the DTB
- An ARMv7 architected timer
- PSCI for rebooting the system
- A generic ECAM-based PCI host controller, discoverable via the DTB
Additionally, QEMU allows plugging a bunch of useful peripherals to the PCI bus.
The following ones are supported by both U-Boot and Linux:
- To add a Serial ATA disk via an Intel ICH9 AHCI controller, pass e.g.:
-drive if=none,file=disk.img,id=mydisk -device ich9-ahci,id=ahci -device ide-drive,drive=mydisk,bus=ahci.0
- To add an Intel E1000 network adapter, pass e.g.:
-net nic,model=e1000 -net user
- To add an EHCI-compliant USB host controller, pass e.g.:
-device usb-ehci,id=ehci
- To add a NVMe disk, pass e.g.:
-drive if=none,file=disk.img,id=mydisk -device nvme,drive=mydisk,serial=foo
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
This sort of pattern for implementing memory-mapped PCI config space
accesses appears in U-Boot twice already, and a third user is coming up.
So add helper functions to avoid code duplication, similar to how Linux
has pci_generic_config_write and pci_generic_config_read.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
If board_fit_config_name_match() doesn't match any configuration node,
then use the default one (if provided).
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Those 2 functions don't modify their input, we can mark it const.
This prevents compilation warnings when they are provided const input.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
8 protocols per efi_object is insufficient for iPXE.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
As we discussed before in ML, dm_dbg() causes undefined reference
error if #define DEBUG is added to users, but not drivers/core/util.c
We do not need this macro because we can use pr_debug() instead, and
it is pretty easy to enable it for the DM core by using ccflags-y.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Copied from Linux 4.13.
Commit log of 3e9b3112ec74 of Linux explains well why this header
is useful.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Many drivers had started to use dev_err, dev_info, etc. for log
functions. Currently, we are relying on <linux/compat.h>, but I
guess the best home is <dm/device.h>, taking into account that
Linux defines them in <linux/device.h>.
For now, I am leaving the ones in <linux/compat.h> because lots of
Linux-originated code uses dev_*(), but the first argument is not
struct udevice, so we need to ignore the bogus argument. More
efforts are needed to iron out the issues.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Collect runtime BUG/WARN into a self-contained header <linux/bug.h>
to make these macros easier to use.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
As commit 84b8bf6d5d ("bug.h: move BUILD_BUG_* defines to
include/linux/bug.h") noted, include/linux/bug.h was locally
modified for U-Boot because the name conflict of error() caused
build errors at that time.
Now error() is gone, so we can fully sync BUILD_BUG* with Linux.
These macros are just compile-time utilities. Nothing depends on
platform code, so it should make sense to simply copy Linux's ones.
Please note Linux split BUILD_BUG stuff out into <linux/build_bug.h>
by commit bc6245e5efd7. Let's follow it.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This header uses ulong, size_t, loff_t.
Include <linux/types.h> to make this header self-contained.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This macro prevents us from using compiletime_error/assert defined
in <linux/compiler.h>.
Now we can remove it, then we will be able to import more BUILD_BUG
macros from Linux.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
When we import code from Linux, with regular re-sync planned, we want
to use printk() and pr_*(). U-Boot does not support them in a clean
way. So, people end up with local macros, or compat headers here and
there, then we occasionally see build errors of definition conflicts.
We have include/linux/compat.h, but putting all sorts of unrelated
things into a single header is just a temporal workaround. Hence this
patch, to find the best home for all printk variants. If you want to
use printk() and friends, please include <linux/printk.h>. This header
is self-contained, and pulls in only a few headers.
When I was testing this clean-up, I noticed the image size exceeded
its platform limit on some boards. This is because all pr_*() that
were previously defined as no-op in include/linux/mtd/mtd.h (unless
CONFIG_MTD_DEBUG is set), are now enabled.
To make such boards happy, this commit also implements CONFIG_LOGLEVEL.
The concept is similar to the kernel parameter "loglevel". (Actually,
the Kconfig help message was taken from kernel-paremeter.txt of Linux)
Messages with a loglevel smaller than console loglevel will be printed.
The difference is the loglevel is build-time determined. To save the
image size, lower priority pr_*() are compiled out. I set the default
of CONFIG_LOGLEVEL to 6, i.e. pr_notice and higher priority messages
are compiled in.
I adjusted CONFIG_LOGLEVEL to avoid build error for some boards.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
[trini: Add in SPL_LOGLEVEL that is the same as LOGLEVEL]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
<common.h> pulls in a lot of headers. Including it from every .c
file is a bad idea. We need to remove contents until it contains
nothing.
Move printf() and friends to <stdio.h>.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The current code, if there's both an eMMC and an MMC slot available on the
board, will swap the MMC indices based on whether we booted from the eMMC
or the MMC. This way, the MMC we're supposed to boot on will always have
the index 0.
However, this causes various issues, for example when using other
components that base their behaviour on the MMC index, such as fastboot.
Let's remove that hack, and take the opposite approach. The MMC will always
have the same index, but the bootcmd will pick the same device than the one
we booted from. This is done through the introduction of the mmc_bootdev
environment variable that will be filled by the board code based on the
boot device informations we can get from the SoC.
In order to not introduce regressions, we also need to adjust the fastboot
MMC device and the environment device in order to set it to the eMMC, over
the MMC, like it used to be the case.
Tested-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
CONFIG_RANDOM_UUID is used by the GPT command to generate random UUID when
none are provided.
Move that option to Kconfig.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
The kernel DT of the SinA33 has evolved quite a bit. Make sure we sync it
and its upstream DTSI to be able to use the OTG. The DTs were taken from
the 4.13 kernel release.
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
The usb_ether gadget duplicates the USB settings for the manufacturer,
product ID and vendor ID.
Make sure we use the common option so that we can expect a single VID/PID
couple for a single device.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
The g_dnl USB settings for the vendor ID, product ID and manufacturer are
actually common settings that can and should be shared by all the gadgets.
Make them common by renaming them, and convert all the users.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
We need to select an interface for the usb_ether gadget, and they haven't
been converted to Kconfig yet. Add a choice to make sure we have an option
selected, and convert all the users.
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
The USB Ethernet gadget option has not yet been moved to Kconfig, let's
deal with that.
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
While the USB Ethernet device address is already defined in Kconfig, the
host address isn't. Convert it.
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Most architectures currently supported by U-Boot use trivial
implementations of map_to_physmem & virt_to_phys which simply cast a
physical address to a pointer for use a virtual address & vice-versa.
This results in a lot of duplicate implementations of these mapping
functions.
The set of functions provided by different architectures also differs,
with some having implementations of phys_to_virt & others not. A later
patch will make use of phys_to_virt in architecture-neutral code, and so
requires that it be provided for all architectures.
This patch introduces an asm-generic/io.h which provides generic
implementations of address mapping functions, allowing the duplication
of them between architectures to be removed. Once architectures are
converted to make use of this generic header it will also ensure that
all of phys_to_virt, virt_to_phys, map_physmem & unmap_physmem are
provided. The 2 families of functions differ in that map_physmem may
create dynamic mappings whilst phys_to_virt may not & therefore is more
limited in scope but doesn't require information such as a length &
flags.
This patch doesn't convert any architectures to make use of this generic
header - later patches in the series will do so.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Albert Aribaud <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <alexey.brodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: Macpaul Lin <macpaul@andestech.com>
Cc: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Cc: Thomas Chou <thomas@wytron.com.tw>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Acked-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
Tested-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Add a header variadic-macro.h which defines the CALL_MACRO_FOR_EACH marco.
This macro can be used as follows:
#define TEST(x)
CALL_MACRO_FOR_EACH(TEST, a, b, c, d)
This will expand to
TEST(a) TEST(b) TEST(c) TEST(d)
The nice thing is that CALL_MACRO_FOR_EACH is a variadic macro, thus the
number of arguments can vary (although it has an upper limit - in this
implementation 32 arguments).
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
create mode 100644 include/u-boot/variadic-macro.h
The ext4, reiserfs and zfs filesystems all have their own implementation
of the same function, *_devread. Generalize this function into fs_devread
and put the code into fs/fs_internal.c.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
[trini: Move fs/fs_internal.o hunk to the end of fs/Makefile as all
cases need it]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
USB endpoint reports the period between consecutive requests to send
or receive data as bInverval in its endpoint descriptor. So far this
is ignored by xHCI driver and the 'Interval' field in xHC's endpoint
context is always programmed to zero which means 1ms for low speed
or full speed , or 125us for high speed or super speed. We should
honor the interval by getting it from endpoint descriptor.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With the root hub unbinding in usb_stop(), there is no need to do
a Sandbox-specific reset operation. usb_emul_reset() is no longer
used anywhere, drop it.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This can be useful outside of the sandbox usb emulation uclass
driver. Expose it as a public API with a proper prefix (usb_emul_).
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Current emulator select logic in usb_emul_find_devnum() is to test
the USB address. The USB address of the device being enumerated is
initialized to zero at the beginning of the enumeration process in
usb_setup_device(). At this point, the saved USB address in the
platform data has not been assigned to any valid USB address either.
This means: the logic will select an emulator device according to
its sequence of declaring order in the device tree. Take test.dts
for example, flash-stick@0 will be selected before flash-stick@1.
But unfortunately such logic is wrong.
In fact USB devices show up in a random order during the enumeration
which means usb_emul_find_devnum() may be called on port 3 for keyb@3
before on port 0 for flash-stick@0.
To fix this, we introduce a new emulator uclass specific platdata
to store the USB device's port number on its parent hub, and update
the logic to test the port number instead.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Lots of new things this time. High level highlights are:
- Shim support (to boot Fedora)
- Initial set of unit tests
- Preparations to support UEFI Shell
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2
iQIcBAABAgAGBQJZ0KdpAAoJECszeR4D/txga+AQAL8ehBlkr3R6b/n00p3kuAVE
cfM+o/16b+P/r3U2/wvlNtw7L+UPlGaQNk8o7n4xTu0DpVlIt7DhFrSBIcK6VbYB
8BFJ/EL9NRj/sd/wb9B1Bc0SlXJcGxzRM+JxNseVmc7rz9sWdARvx/diQlP+YAX4
qjp2YRzsErjUgix4eGDXvgFQdFmh4Pnp7UnHlSq4WkINo14navGLe/PwChxsL91M
AZV7JulVcm7XtOPTON8udec3O15O8BExAM1cH2ITjtD99Je+4VcuI99nLm2aIE++
U6vTuoogHAU+oCutD3qZU85uj2VJ2kYy2k5A/RK/i6Ug/QrTa+JA8PNWP78/TZ+8
xmyDVzG5MQhMIddDjJlMXbxIwgKhr0SjUJ1iVaGI0bS/6Glc7h9m+hhIXKudqOvs
lxqPhy7mahtBwETjoUlM1WJg+TG+vIGDJtT22njjOSTh0CVYw2H3xihyFKE3AjaW
L26EOEsxArErtzF17GgF5KxFOGaYAmVmA3XnCcEZEIY5gzL65uok1GX/apf4sIsi
j8HSbW3UH6QwjWKBhF+RVuK4CcTDUS9K2YmJlrdZ69elDZyg5PWbpMLNdYIP+VVG
+j91c7e3O2q2AHAzTprpmkyeIeqZfFhgyu4H/jPQ8Yi8N/b7wbugcLm3fHuUNal4
RB0KjbyJzJPQwbYGSLYi
=9HkH
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'signed-efi-next' of git://github.com/agraf/u-boot
Patch queue for efi - 2017-10-01
Lots of new things this time. High level highlights are:
- Shim support (to boot Fedora)
- Initial set of unit tests
- Preparations to support UEFI Shell
CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is already defined in
include/configs/rockchip-common.h
For CONFIG_ROCKCHIP_BACK_TO_BROM=y we redefine CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET
to an unsuitable value. We were lucky to get a compiler warning.
Remove the incorrect redefinition.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Add Falcon mode support in vyasa rk3288 board.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Since the size of SPL can't be exceeded 0x8000 bytes in RK3288,
it is not possible add new SPL features like Falcon mode or etc.
So add TPL stage so-that adding new features to SPL is possible.
- TPL: DRAM init, clocks
- SPL: MMC, falcon, etc
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The clk_saradc is dividing from the 24M, clk_saradc=24MHz/(saradc_div_con+1).
SARADC integer divider control register is 10-bits width.
Signed-off-by: David Wu <david.wu@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Add tracing printings to Linux/Android boot commands, so that we can see
what's going on. Helps to trace possible bugs on early stages and
improves the output for user (which is especially useful, because we
have a bunch of boot commands executing one by one).
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Extract commands for booting Linux from eMMC to separate command. It
seems more logical that way, and allows us to run the whole command set
from U-Boot shell with only one command.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Right now on OMAP5-based boards we have only one partition defined for
Linux boot, which is rootfs. That doesn't work with bootpart=1:2 (that
is defined in include/environment/ti/boot.h). To fix Linux boot we may
either:
1. Change bootpart to be 1:1
2. Or add preceding partition, so that rootfs is actually 1:2
Second choice seems more reasonable, as DFU is already using similar
partition table and can rely on bootpart to be 1:2.
This patch adds "bootloader" partition. So now eMMC layout for Linux
boot looks like this:
offset content size partition
(KiB) (KiB)
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
=======================================================================
0 +--------------------------------+
| MBR/GPT header | 128 -
128 +--------------------------------+
| MLO | 256 -
384 +--------------------------------+
| u-boot.img | 1792 bootloader
2176 +--------------------------------+
| //////////// hole //////////// | 256 -
2432 +--------------------------------+
| U-Boot environment | 128 -
2560 +--------------------------------+
| U-Boot environment (redundant) | 128 -
2688 +--------------------------------+
| rootfs | remaining rootfs
end +--------------------------------+
=======================================================================
Guard hole appears because U-Boot environment offset was calculated for
Android partition table, which has two additional partitions in place of
that hole ("environment" and "misc" partitions).
This patch also changes rootfs offset from 2 MiB further to 2688 KiB,
so that there won't be any collisions with U-Boot environment when we
flash rootfs.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Right now on OMAP5-based boards we have only one partition defined for
Linux boot, which is rootfs. That doesn't work with bootpart=1:2 (that
is defined in include/environment/ti/boot.h). To fix Linux boot we may
either:
1. Change bootpart to be 1:1
2. Or add preceding partition, so that rootfs is actually 1:2
Second choice seems more reasonable, as DFU is already using similar
partition table and can rely on bootpart to be 1:2.
This patch adds "bootloader" partition. So now eMMC layout for Linux
boot looks like this:
offset content size partition
(KiB) (KiB)
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
=======================================================================
0 +--------------------------------+
| MBR/GPT header | 128 -
128 +--------------------------------+
| MLO | 256 -
384 +--------------------------------+
| u-boot.img | 1792 bootloader
2176 +--------------------------------+
| //////////// hole //////////// | 256 -
2432 +--------------------------------+
| U-Boot environment | 128 -
2560 +--------------------------------+
| U-Boot environment (redundant) | 128 -
2688 +--------------------------------+
| rootfs | remaining rootfs
end +--------------------------------+
=======================================================================
Guard hole appears because U-Boot environment offset was calculated for
Android partition table, which has two additional partitions in place of
that hole ("environment" and "misc" partitions).
This patch also changes rootfs offset from 2 MiB further to 2688 KiB,
so that there won't be any collisions with U-Boot environment when we
flash rootfs.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Now the u-boot spi image is greater than 0x80000, increase the same
in env during spi erase.
Reported-by: Yan Liu <yan-liu@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
On all other platforms the command 'findfdt' populates the variable
'fdtfile', but on K2G we only populate 'name_fdt'. The generic boot
and automation scripts fail when 'findfdt' is not populated, fix
this for K2G.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
On secure devices the initial secure software may install a firewall at
the end of DRAM, define protected RAM to avoid space.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
With the device tree ported from Linux 4.13, this enables
Driver Model and Device Tree support for the am3517-evm
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
With DM now enabled with the device tree pulled from Linux, we can
enable DM_I2C in U-Boot.
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
[trini: Add DM_I2C_COMPAT to da850_am18xxevm to fix warning]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Really just the subset that is needed by efi_console. Perhaps more will
be added later, for example color support would be useful to implement
efi_cout_set_attribute().
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert the board to support the video driver model, add the device
tree node, and remove the unnecessary code.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert the board to support the video driver model, add the device
tree node, and remove the unnecessary code.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert the board to support the video driver model, add the device
tree node, and remove the unnecessary code.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert the board to support the video driver model, add the device
tree node, and remove the unnecessary code.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert the board to support the video driver model, add the device
tree node, and remove the unnecessary code.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is a discrepency between U-Boot and Linux on the partition map.
This enabes the MTD parts to pass MTD partition information from U-Boot to
Linux. Linux already has a pending patch to enable MTD PARTS in
davinci_all_defconfig
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
With the device tree ported and DM compatible drivers, enable:
OF_CONTROL, DM_SPI, DM_SPI_FLASH and DM_SERIAL
Note: DM_SERIAL is not enabled for da850evm_direct_nor_defconfig
yet.
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Enable the PFC pinmux and GPIO drivers and disable the SH GPIO combo
driver. This allows the drivers to obtain pinmux and GPIO configuration
from DT rather than hard-coding it in board files.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The HCD may have limitation on the maximum bytes to be transferred
in a USB transfer. USB class driver needs to be aware of this.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The status register is optional in the AMD command sets, but it's
presence can be checked by reading out CFI table entry 0xc bit 0.
If the register is present, prefer using it's bit 7 to determine
if the flash is busy over reading the flash ; this is needed ie.
on Hyperflash memories.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Embed the flash base into struct flash_info instead of having ad-hoc
static array in the code. This does not only remove static variable,
but also allows CFI-like controllers, ie. HyperFlash ones, to use most
of the CFI flash code by populating the flash_info with matching base
address.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_MVNETA
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Place the stack right below U-Boot so it's not in the way in case
U-Boot grows too much.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Just move those config options from macros to configs.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
CONFIG_NAND_DENALI select's CONFIG_SYS_NAND_SELF_INIT, so the
NAND initialization process is driven by the driver itself.
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_MAX_CHIPS and CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BASE are unused.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Current u-boot disables IFC support for SD boot on all ls1043a
boards. Actually IFC only conflicts with QSPI on ls1043a hardware.
Only when QSPI is used, IFC should be disabled. Otherwise,
the u-boot with ls1043aqds_sdcard_ifc_defconfig would not work.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
For most of ls2080ardb use-cases, mc private DRAM block is required
to be of 1.75GB.
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
[YS: this reservation needs to be reduced if memory is not enough]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
As per updated board design, different QSPI flash
is connected on boards, hence change QSPI flash type
from Micron n25q512a device to spansion s25fs512s
device in dts and config.
Signed-off-by: Santan Kumar <santan.kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Gaur <yogeshnarayan.gaur@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE config is used to delay
the prints of boardinfo late in cycle during uboot boot.
This feature is not required in case of QSPI_BOOT.
Signed-off-by: Santan Kumar <santan.kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
dev_read_string_count() is used to get the number of strings in a
stringlist.
dev_read_string_index() is used to get a string in the stringlist based on
its position in the list.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
This patch adds support for stm32h7 soc family, stm32h743
discovery and evaluation boards.
For more information about STM32H7 series, please visit:
http://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers/stm32h7-series.html
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch adapts stm32h743 disco and eval dts files to match
with U-boot requirements or add features wich are not yet
upstreamed on kernel side :
_ Add RCC clock driver node and update all clocks phandle
accordingly.
By default, on kernel side, all clocks was temporarly
configured as a phandle to timer_clk waiting for a RCC
clock driver to be available.
On U-boot side, we now have a dedicated RCC clock driver, we
can configured all clocks as phandle to this driver.
All this binding update will be available soon in a kernel tag,
as all the bindings have been acked by Rob Herring [1].
[1] http://lkml.iu.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/1704.0/00935.html
_ Align STM32H7 serial compatible string with the one which will be
available in next kernel tag. The bindings has been acked by
Rob Herring [2].
This compatible string will be usefull to add stm32h7 specific
feature for this serial driver.
[2] https://lkml.org/lkml/2017/7/17/739
_ Add gpio compatible and aliases for stm32h743
_ Add FMC sdram node with associated new bindings value to
manage second bank (ie bank 1).
_ Add missing HSI and CSI oscillators nodes needed
by STM32H7 RCC clock driver.
Clock sources could be:
_ HSE (High Speed External)
_ HSI (High Speed Internal)
_ CSI (Low Power Internal)
These clocks can be used as clocksource in some configuration.
By default, HSE is selected as clock source.
_ Set HSE to 25Mhz for stm32h743i-disco and eval board
By default, the external oscillator frequency is defined at
25 Mhz in SoC stm32h743.dtsi file.
It has been set at 125 Mhz in kernel DT temporarly waiting for
RCC clock driver becomes available.
As in U-boot we got a RCC clock driver, the real value of HSE
clock can be used.
_ Add "u-boot,dm-pre-reloc" for rcc, fmc, fixed-clock, pinctrl,
pwrcfg and gpio nodes.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
All these files are imported from linux kernel v4.13
Add device tree support for STM32H743 SoC and discovery
board. This board offers :
_ STM32H743XIH6 microcontroller with 2 Mbytes of
Flash memory and 1 Mbyte of RAM in TFBGA240+25 package
_ 5.7” 640x480 TFT color LCD with touch screen
_ Ethernet compliant with IEEE-802.3-2002
_ USB OTG HS
_ I2 C compatible serial interface
_ ST-MEMS digital microphones
_ 8-Gbyte (or more) SDIO3.0 interface microSD™ card
_ 8Mx32bit SDRAM
_ 1-Gbit Twin Quad-SPI NOR Flash
_ Reset, wakeup, or key buttons
_ Joystick with 4-direction control and selector
_ Board connectors :
1 USB with Micro-AB
Ethernet RJ45
Stereo headset jack including analog microphone input
microSD™ card
RCA connector
JTAG/SWD and ETM trace
_ Expansion connectors:
Arduino Uno compatible Connectors
2 x PIO connectors (PMOD and PMOD+)
_ On-board ST-LINK/V2-1 debugger/programmer with USB re-enumeration
capability: mass storage, virtual COM port and debug port
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This driver is adapted from linux drivers/reset/reset-stm32.c
It's compatible with STM32 F4/F7/H7 SoCs.
This driver doesn't implement .of_match as it's binded
by MFD RCC driver.
To add support for each SoC family, a SoC's specific
include/dt-binfings/mfd/stm32xx-rcc.h file must be added.
This patch only includes stm32h7-rcc.h dedicated for STM32H7 SoCs.
Other SoCs support will be added in the future.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This driver implements basic clock setup, only clock gating
is implemented.
This driver doesn't implement .of_match as it's binded
by MFD RCC driver.
Files include/dt-bindings/clock/stm32h7-clks.h and
doc/device-tree-bindings/clock/st,stm32h7-rcc.txt
will be available soon in a kernel tag, as all the
bindings have been acked by Rob Herring [1].
[1] http://lkml.iu.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/1704.0/00935.html
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch adds the ST glue logic to manage the DWC3 HC
on STiH407 SoC family. It configures the internal glue
logic and syscfg registers.
Part of this code been extracted from kernel.org driver
(drivers/usb/dwc3/dwc3-st.c)
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enable USB Host Networking support by enabling Ethernet/USB
adaptors support and by enabling some BOOTP flags
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Define i2c mux configuration. Add new vpd_reader which is used to read
vital product data. Read VPD from EEPROM and set eth0 MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Jose Alarcon <jose.alarcon@ge.com>
1) use fputs() to reduce cache flushes from once-per-char to
once-per-string
2) handle \r, \t, and \b in addition to just \n for tracking
cursor position
3) cursor row/col are zero based, not one based
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
[agraf: s/unsigned/unsigned int/]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
These should be set according to the image type. Shell.efi and SCT.efi
use these fields to determine what sort of image they are loading.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Similar to a "real" UEFI implementation, the bootmgr looks at the
BootOrder and BootXXXX variables to try to find an EFI payload to load
and boot. This is added as a sub-command of bootefi.
The idea is that the distro bootcmd would first try loading a payload
via the bootmgr, and then if that fails (ie. first boot or corrupted
EFI variables) it would fallback to loading bootaa64.efi. (Which
would then load fallback.efi which would look for \EFI\*\boot.csv and
populate BootOrder and BootXXXX based on what it found.)
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Add EFI variable support, mapping to u-boot environment variables.
Variables are pretty important for setting up boot order, among other
things. If the board supports saveenv, then it will be called in
ExitBootServices() to persist variables set by the efi payload. (For
example, fallback.efi configuring BootOrder and BootXXXX load-option
variables.)
Variables are *not* currently exposed at runtime, post ExitBootServices.
On boards without a dedicated device for storage, which the loaded OS
is not trying to also use, this is rather tricky. One idea, at least
for boards that can persist RAM across reboot, is to keep a "journal"
of modified variables in RAM, and then turn halt into a reboot into
u-boot, plus store variables, plus halt. Whatever the solution, it
likely involves some per-board support.
Mapping between EFI variables and u-boot variables:
efi_$guid_$varname = {attributes}(type)value
For example:
efi_8be4df61-93ca-11d2-aa0d-00e098032b8c_OsIndicationsSupported=
"{ro,boot,run}(blob)0000000000000000"
efi_8be4df61-93ca-11d2-aa0d-00e098032b8c_BootOrder=
"(blob)00010000"
The attributes are a comma separated list of these possible
attributes:
+ ro - read-only
+ boot - boot-services access
+ run - runtime access
NOTE: with current implementation, no variables are available after
ExitBootServices, and all are persisted (if possible).
If not specified, the attributes default to "{boot}".
The required type is one of:
+ utf8 - raw utf8 string
+ blob - arbitrary length hex string
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
fallback.efi (and probably other things) use UEFI's simple-file-system
protocol and file support to search for OS's to boot.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
[agraf: whitespace fixes, unsigned fixes]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Get rid of the hacky fake boot-device and duplicate device-path
constructing (which needs to match what efi_disk and efi_net do).
Instead convert over to use efi_device_path helpers to construct
device-paths, and use that to look up the actual boot device.
Also, extract out a helper to plug things in properly to the
loaded_image. In a following patch we'll want to re-use this in
efi_load_image() to handle the case of loading an image from a
file_path.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
It needs to handle more device-path node types, and also multiple levels
of path hierarchy. To simplify this, initially construct utf8 string to
a temporary buffer, and then allocate the real utf16 buffer that is
returned. This should be mostly for debugging or at least not critical-
path so an extra copy won't hurt, and is saner than the alternative.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
This is really the same thing as the efi_device_path struct.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Helpers to construct device-paths from devices, partitions, files, and
for parsing and manipulating device-paths.
For non-legacy devices, this will use u-boot's device-model to construct
device-paths which include bus hierarchy to construct device-paths. For
legacy devices we still fake it, but slightly more convincingly.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
All of the device-path related structures should be packed. UEFI
defines the device-path as a byte-aligned data structure.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
EFI client programs need the signature information from the partition
table to determine the disk a partition is on, so we need to fill that
in here.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
[separated from efi_loader part, and fixed build-errors for non-
CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION case]
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Prep work for next patch.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
For the correct implementation of the task priority level (TPL)
calling the notification function must be queued.
Add a status field 'queued' to events.
In function efi_signal_event set status queued if a notification
function exists and reset it after we have called the function.
A later patch will add a check of the TPL here.
In efi_create_event and efi_close_event unset the queued status.
In function efi_wait_for_event and efi_check_event
queue the notification function.
In efi_timer_check call the efi_notify_event
if the status queued is set.
For all timer events set status signaled.
In efi_console_timer_notify set the signaled state of the
WaitForKey event.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
A testing framework for the EFI API is provided.
It can be executed with the 'bootefi selftest' command.
It is coded in a way that at a later stage we may turn it
into a standalone EFI application. The current build system
does not allow this yet.
All tests use a driver model and are run in three phases:
setup, execute, teardown.
A test may be setup and executed at boottime,
it may be setup at boottime and executed at runtime,
or it may be setup and executed at runtime.
After executing all tests the system is reset.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Macro EFI_CALL was introduced to call an UEFI function.
Unfortunately it does not support return values.
Most UEFI functions have a return value.
So let's rename EFI_CALL to EFI_CALL_VOID and introduce a
new EFI_CALL macro that supports return values.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Fix typo in teh EFI_BOOT_SERVICES_CODE description.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
In scripts/Makefile.lib we build section including helloworld.efi.
This allows to load the EFI binary with command 'bootefi hello'.
scripts/Makefile.lib contains explicit references to strings
containing helloworld and hello_world. This makes it impossible
to generalize the coding to accomodate additional built in
EFI binaries.
Let us rename the variables __efi_hello_world_* to
__efi_helloworld_*.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
To understand what is happening in OpenProtocol or LocateProtocol
it is necessary to know the protocol interface GUID.
Let's write a debug message.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Add the ENV_MEM_LAYOUT_SETTINGS to CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
Signed-off-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
This patch adds support for Vyasa RK3288 initial board
from Amarula Solutions.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The dev_read_addr_ptr() mimics the behaviour of the devfdt_get_addr_ptr(),
retrieving the first address of the node's reg-property and returning
it as a pointer (or NULL on failure).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch adds USB configs to support the USB OTG port(consist
of DWC2 controller) and the USB Host port(consist of EHCI and OHCI
controllers) on evb-rv1108 board, and also support fastboot over
USB and USB mass storage.
Signed-off-by: William Wu <william.wu@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT option is no-longer needed since we can now
support any number of user IDs. Also BOOTSTAGE_ID_COUNT is not needed now.
Drop these unused options.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This adds support to Intel Cherry Hill board, a board based on
Intel Braswell SoC. The following devices are validated:
- serial port as the serial console
- on-board Realtek 8169 ethernet controller
- SATA AHCI controller
- EMMC/SDHC controller
- USB 3.0 xHCI controller
- PCIe x1 slot with a graphics card
- ICH SPI controller with an 8MB Macronix SPI flash
- Integrated graphics device as the video console
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the clust_to_sect() helper that was introduced earlier, and add an
inverse sect_to_clust(), plus update the various spots that open-coded
this conversion previously.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Noticed when comparing our output to linux. There are some lcase bits
which control whether filename and/or extension should be downcase'd.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a generic implementation of 'ls' using opendir/readdir/closedir, and
replace fat's custom implementation. Other filesystems should move to
the generic implementation after they add opendir/readdir/closedir
support.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Spotted by chance, when trying to remove file_fat_ls(), I noticed there
were some dead users of the API.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Brüns <stefan.bruens@rwth-aachen.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Needed to support efi file protocol. The fallback.efi loader wants
to be able to read the contents of the /EFI directory to find an OS
to boot.
Modelled after POSIX opendir()/readdir()/closedir(). Unlike the other
fs APIs, this is stateful (ie. state is held in the FS_DIR "directory
stream"), to avoid re-traversing of the directory structure at each
step. The directory stream must be released with closedir() when it
is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
And drop a whole lot of ugly code!
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Untangle directory traversal into a simple iterator, to replace the
existing multi-purpose do_fat_read_at() + get_dentfromdir().
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Want to re-use this in fat dirent iterator in next patch.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Introduce an overlay based method for constructing a base DT blob
to pass to the kernel.
It is based on a specific method now to get the FDT from a FIT image
named boot_get_fdt_fit().
Signed-off-by: Pantelis Antoniou <pantelis.antoniou@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Introduce fdt_overlay_apply_verbose, a method that applies an
overlay but in the case of an error produces a helpful message.
In addition if a base tree is found to be missing the __symbols__
node the message will point out that the probable reason is that
the base tree was miscompiled without the -@ option.
Signed-off-by: Pantelis Antoniou <pantelis.antoniou@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The filename of the auto-generated file is the same as the file that
includes it. Even though the form is in the generated/ subdirectory, this
could be confused.
Rename the generated file to something that makes it clear it is
auto-generated.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
At present dtoc has a very simplistic view of phandles. It assumes that
a property has only a single phandle with a single argument (i.e. two
cells per property).
This is not true in many cases. Enhance the implementation to scan all
phandles in a property and to use the correct number of arguments (which
can be 0, 1, 2 or more) when generating the C code. For the struct
definitions, use a struct which can hold the maximum number of arguments
used by the property.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
We want to support more than one phandle argument. It makes sense to use
an array for this rather than discrete struct members. Adjust the code to
support this. Rename the member to 'arg' instead of 'id'.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Rather than naming the phandle struct according to the number of cells it
uses (e.g. struct phandle_2_cell) name it according to the number of
arguments it has (e.g. struct phandle_1_arg). This is a more intuitive
naming.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
When using 32-bit addresses dtoc works correctly. For 64-bit addresses it
does not since it ignores the #address-cells and #size-cells properties.
Update the tool to use fdt64_t as the element type for reg properties when
either the address or size is larger than one cell. Use the correct value
so that C code can obtain the information from the device tree easily.
Alos create a new type, fdt_val_t, which is defined to either fdt32_t or
fdt64_t depending on the word size of the machine. This type corresponds
to fdt_addr_t and fdt_size_t. Unfortunately we cannot just use those types
since they are defined to phys_addr_t and phys_size_t which use
'unsigned long' in the 32-bit case, rather than 'unsigned int'.
Add tests for the four combinations of address and size values (32/32,
64/64, 32/64, 64/32). Also update existing uses for rk3399 and rk3368
which now need to use the new fdt_val_t type.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Reported-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
To remove the assignment of CONFIG_SYS_EXTRA_OPTIONS option,
which is deprecated, use the CONFIG_XXXX_BOOT options to
indicate the boot media, and the SoC is selected by the board.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
As said in READRE.kconfig, include/configs/*.h will be removed
after all options are switched to Kconfig. As the first step,
remove the follow line from include/configs/*.h.
#include <asm/hardware.h>
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
The SAMA5D27-SiP (System in Package) integrates the SAMA5D2
with 1Gbit DDR2-SDRAM in a single package.
The SAMA5D27 SOM1 embeds a 64Mbit QSPI flash, KSZ8081 Phy and
Mac-address EEPROM.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Because before switching to a lower clock source, we must switch
the clock source first instead of last. So before configuring the
PMC_MCKR register, invoke at91_mck_init_down() first.
As said in datasheet, the the size of SPL must not exceed the maximum
size allowed(64Kbytes).
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In order to display the company's logo via the API of DM_VIDEO,
and add the logo files of both Atmel and Microchip.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_EMIF4
CONFIG_SDRC
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
In mancy cases both CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET and CONFIG_ENV_ADDR point
to an otherwise-unused SMNAND_ENV_OFFSET.
This patch will set both CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET and CONFIG_ENV_ADDR to
whatever value was defined by SMNAND_ENV_OFFSET.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Some drivers in Linux (ex. drivers/mtd/nand/denali.c) use
ioread*/iowrite* accessors. Import them to make drivers more
synced. I copied code from include/asm-generic/io.h of Linux.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Import include/linux/dma-direction.h from Linux 4.13-rc7 and delete
duplicated definitions of enum dma_data_direction.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Much of the AM3517 functions are copies of the standard definitions
used in ti_omap3_common.h. Moving to include a common file
reduces the amount of duplicative code and clutter. A few
AM3517 specific functions (like EMIF4) are explictly defined
and a few items are undefined or redefined, but overall the number
of lines of code shink.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
The PMMC firmware should be bundled with the FIT image for HS devices,
remove the steps that load and install this firmware outside of FIT.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
This works (roughly) the same way as linux's, but we currently always
print lower-case (ie. we just keep %pUB and %pUL for compat with linux),
mostly just because that is what uuid_bin_to_str() supports.
%pUb: 01020304-0506-0708-090a-0b0c0d0e0f10
%pUl: 04030201-0605-0807-090a-0b0c0d0e0f10
It will be used by a later efi_loader paths for efi variables and for
device-path-to-text protocol, and also quite useful for debug prints
of protocol GUIDs.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently, all fixed-clock declared in "clocks" node in device tree
can be binded by clk_fixed_rate.c driver only if each of them have
the "simple-bus" compatible string.
This constraint has been invoked here [1].
This patch offers a solution to avoid adding "simple-bus" compatible
string to nodes that are not busses.
[1] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/558837/
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a convenience macro to iterate over subnodes of a node. Make use of
this where appropriate in the code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is an overflow problem when taking the size instead of the number
of blocks in blk_create_device(). This results in a wrong device size: the
device apparent size is its real size modulo 4GB.
Using the number of blocks instead of the device size fixes the problem and
is more coherent with the internals of the block layer.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the code to set the ethernet mac address from eeprom by using
the common code from the common folder.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Replace the code to set the ethernet mac address with the code from
the common folder.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is not necessary that ldo1 is used to power on mmc.
So, add support for passing ldo registers for powering on mmc.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
This patch adds support for RGMII protocol
NXP's LDPAA2 support RGMII protocol. LS1088A is the
first Soc supporting both RGMII and SGMII.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Amrita Kumari <amrita.kumari@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This patch add support of LS1088AQDS platform.
The LS1088A QorIQTM Development System (QDS) is a high-performance
computing, evaluation, and development platform that supports the
LS1088A QorIQ Architecture processor.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
LS1088A is an ARMv8 implementation. The LS1088ARDB is an evaluatoin
platform that supports the LS1088A family SoCs. This patch add basic
support of the platform.
Signed-off-by: Alison Wang <alison.wang@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghav Dogra <raghav.dogra@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@nxp.com>
[YS: Disabled NAND in board header file]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
WIP: disable NAND for LS1088ARDB
CoreLink Cache Coherent Interconnect (CCI) provides full cache
coherency between two clusters of multi-core CPUs and I/O coherency
for devices and I/O masters.
This patch add new config option SYS_FSL_HAS_CCI400 and moves
existing register space definaton of CCI-400 bus to fsl_immap to be
shared. CONFIG_SYS_CCI400_ADDR is replaced with SYS_CCI400_OFFSET
in Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
[YS: revised commit message, squashed patches for armv8 and armv7]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
MX6Q/QP IPU operates at 264MHz and MX6DL IPU at 198MHz.
When running a SPL target, which supports multiple MX6 variants we cannot
properly setup the IPU clock frequency via CONFIG_IPUV3_CLK option as
such decision is done in build-time currently.
Remove the CONFIG_IPUV3_CLK option and let the IPU clock frequency be
configured in run-time on mx6.
Reported-by: Eric Nelson <eric@nelint.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Nelson <eric@nelint.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
[agust: fixed #endif in cgtqmx6eval.h]
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
This converts the IDE driver to driver model so that block read and
write are fully functional.
Fixes: b7c6baef ("x86: Convert MMC to driver model")
Reported-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
So far these are using magic numbers. Replace them with macros.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This migrates ASIX, ASIX88179, MCS7830, RTL8152 and SMSC95XX to Kconfig.
Update defconfigs.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CONFIG_USB_HOST_ETHER is the framework that the drivers are dependent on
USB_HOST_ETHER. Use this as a menu and move the existing LAN75XX and
LAN78XX options under new menu. Finally update the defconfigs that need
CONFIG_USB_HOST_ETHER.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The inline documentation of vsprintf mentions a parameter size
which does not exist in the function declaration.
int vsprintf(char *buf, const char *fmt, va_list args);
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Since commit 842778a091 ("usb: gadget: g_dnl: only set iSerialNumber
if we have a serial#") "fastboot devices" stopped to show correct device
serial number for TI boards, showing this line instead:
???????????? fastboot
This is because serial# env variable could be set after g_dnl gadget was
initialized (e.g. by using env_set() in the board file).
To fix this, let's update internal serial number variable (g_dnl_serial)
when "serial#" env var is changed.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Cc: Felipe Balbi <felipe.balbi@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Acked-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
- Pass MTDPARTS kernel arguments to kernel
- Use Kconfig CONFIG_NAND instead of CONFIG_SYS_EXTRA_OPTIONS="NAND"
- Call 'usb_stop' on kernel start
- Update Falcon mode setup to match other OMAP3 boards
- Use "uEnv.txt" as boot script instead of "boot.scr"
This commit removes definitions of CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE defined to be
equal to CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE in numerous configuration files.
We remove such definitions in two situations:
- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE is otherwise not defined in the board
configuration file, which means the default value of
CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE == 256 applies. In this case, the default value
of CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE == 512 (common/image.c) is suitable, as it is
larger.
- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE is defined in the board configuration file, but
to a value equal or less than 512. In this case, the default value
of CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE == 512 (common.image.c) is suitable, as it
is equal or larger.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE is already defined to 512 in common/image.c when
not defined. Therefore, there is no point in having board
configuration files define it to 512.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now that include/config_fallbacks.h define a sane fallback for
CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS, we can drop the definition of this constant in all
configurations that were using the default value.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS contains the maximum number of arguments accepted
by U-Boot commands. Since the vast majority of the platforms define it
to 16, it makes sense to have a default definition to 16, which will
allow to remove this definition from a significant number of
platforms.
It will allow to remove the default definition from 216 platform .h
files, leaving only 56 platforms with non-default values (15, 24, 32,
48, 64, 96, 128 or 256).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now that the fallback value of CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE in
include/config_fallbacks.h has been adjusted, remove its definition
from a large number of board configuration files.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Most of the platforms are using CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE +
sizeof(CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT) + 16 as their value for CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE,
so let's adopt this for the fallback value of CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE.
This will allow us to drop an explicit definition of CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE
from a large number of platforms.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now that include/config_fallbacks.h define a sane fallback for
CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE, we can drop the definition of this constant in all
configurations that were using the default value.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
[trini: Drop <config.h> from stih410-b2260.h]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE contains the buffer size for input for the
console. The vast majority of platforms define them to some reasonable
value (256, 512 or 1024 bytes), and it is quite annoying to repeat
this definition for all platforms while it isn't really HW-related.
Therefore, let's provide a sane fallback value in config_fallbacks.h,
so that platforms can rely on it instead of having to explicitly
define it.
We use 1024 when KGDB is enabled, and 256 otherwise, which is what the
majority of the platforms are doing.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The gpt_fill_pte will need to access the device block size. Let's pass the
device descriptor as an argument.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add the following options to drivers/misc/Kconfig:
SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR
SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS
SYS_EEPROM_SIZE
SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS
SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS
SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN
SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW
This does not migrate any boards, but provides a foundations for
those who want/need these options
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
[trini: Migrate uniphier]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Without ethernet cable plugged, "ip=dhcp" leads to a complete hangup in
Linux booting and the system does not boot into userland at all. Since
its not required to have an active network connection on these board,
lets remove this statement from the default environment.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Manually enable SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_LOCATIONS.
Set CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS=0x80000 and remove it from header
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUS_MAX
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
[trini: Fix AM43XX drop AM44XX]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
For consistency with other platforms and in preparation of Kconfig
migration, let's change Several TI platforms that use I2C_BUS_MAX
to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUS_MAX
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
- Move ANDROID_IMAGE_SUPPORT to top level Kconfig under images as it's
not strictly part of fastboot.
- Add some defaults for the fastboot buffer location and size
- Migrate all options listed in cmd/fastboot/Kconfig
- Cleanup the README
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This syncs all of the currently Kconfig'd symbols out of the headers and
into the defconfig files. This has two exceptions, first am335x_evm
needs to be converted to DM in SPL and then it can stop undef'ing
CONFIG_DM_USB. Leaving this as-is results in a build failure, and
without work, run time failure. The other case is am43xx_evm.h and in
turn am43xx_evm_usbhost_boot. The problem here is that we need DWC3 USB
host mode in SPL, but still desire to have gadget mode in U-Boot proper.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
SUNXI_GMAC was still used to configure the code where as the
same has been renamed and moved to Kconfig in below commit
"sunxi: Move SUNXI_GMAC to Kconfig"
(sha1: 4d43d065db)
Signed-off-by: Dave Prue <dave@prue.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Tested-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
[Tweek commit message, config_whitelist.txt, build-whitelist.sh]
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
CONFIG_NAND_DENALI select's CONFIG_SYS_NAND_SELF_INIT, so the
NAND initialization process is driven by the driver itself.
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_MAX_CHIPS and CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BASE are unused.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Linux supports platform_get_resource_byname() to look up a resource
by name.
We want a similar helper. It is useful when a device node has named
register regions.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update igep00x0 code with the following features:
- Add board and revision detection for the boards:
- IGEP0020-RF
- IGEP0020-RC
- IGEP0030-RG
- IGEP0030-RE
- Merge IGEP0020 and IGEP0030 mux tables
- Add suport to use GPIO_126, GPIO_127 and GPIO_129
- board_name and board_rev environment variables display board and
revision informations
- Move dtb name selection from code to boot script
Signed-off-by: Pau Pajuelo <ppajuel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ladislav Michl <ladis@linux-mips.org>
Tested-by: Pau Pajuelo <ppajuel@gmail.com>
Pasting longer lines into the U-Boot console prompt sometimes leads to
characters missing. One problem here is the small 16-byte FIFO of the
legacy NS16550 UART, e.g. on x86 platforms.
This patch now introduces a Kconfig option to enable RX buffer support
for all DM based serial drivers. With this option enabled, I was
able paste really long lines into the U-Boot console, without any
characters missing.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 6822cf3ec7.
As Bin Meng has tested and pointed out, we don't need the RX interrupt
for the RX buffer support at all. Just reading all available characters
into a buffer is sufficient to solve the problem with the dropped
characters upon long lines pasted into the U-Boot prompt. Since this
RX buffer support can be implemented in a generic way, without any
device specifica (e.g. for the ns16550), I'll post a new patch with
a new serial RX buffer support for DM, which all DM based serial
drivers can use.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add SDP (Serial Downloader Protocol) implementation for U-Boot. The
protocol is used in NXP SoC's boot ROM and allows to download program
images. Beside that, it can also be used to read/write registers and
download complete Device Configuration Data (DCD) sets. This basic
implementation supports downloading images with the imx header format
reading and writing registers.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Move the imximage.h header file to a common location so we can make
use of it from U-Boot too.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Staticize a few functions and variables which are no longer exposed.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
UEFI API functions have different return types.
Some return a value of type EFI_STATUS other don't.
We therefore should not cast the return value of EFI_EXIT
to another type than the expression passed to EFI_EXIT.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Sysam stmark2 board is a generic and fully (hw and sw) open board, with
a mcf54415 Coldfire CPU, 128MB of DDR2, 16MB of SPI flash and SD card
as non volatile memories, and a wifi module included on-board.
The board is actually used mainly for Coldfire custodian testing activity
related to the mcf5441x Coldfire family.
For further information please see: http://sysam.it/cff_stmark2.html
Signed-off-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
---
Changes in v2:
- remove CMD_REGINFO
- add board information in commit message
For certain boot types and sbf, for V4 cpu's, an early ddr/sdram init
is required. This patch moves this ddr/sdram early initalization
away from start.S (to be board related).
Signed-off-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
This patch allows to show the EXT_CSD[179] partition_config
register info, just by specifying the dev param:
U-Boot> mmc partconf 0
EXT_CSD[179], PARTITION_CONFIG:
BOOT_ACK: 0x0
BOOT_PARTITION_ENABLE: 0x0
PARTITION_ACCESS: 0x0
Signed-off-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
All boards which use DM_MMC have now been converted to use DM_MMC_OPS.
Drop the option and good riddance.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update this driver to support driver model. This involves implementing the
AHCI operations and reusing existing common code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the AHCI uclass is just a shell and we still use the global
functions to access SATA. Fix this by adding operations to the uclass.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Most block devices provide a command (e.g. 'sata', 'scsi', 'ide') and
these commands generally do the same thing. This makes it harder to
maintain this code and keep it consistent.
We now have a block device interface which is either implemented by driver
model (when CONFIG_BLK is enabled) or with a legacy interface. Therefore
it is possible to handle most of what these commands do with generic code.
Add a new generic function to process block-device commands using the
interface type and the current device number for that type.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a function to find the name of an interface type (e.g. "sata", "scsi")
from the interface type enum.
This is useful for generic code (not specific to SATA or SCSI, for
example) that wants to display the type of interface it is dealing with.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The load() methods have inconsistent behaviour on error. Some of them load
an empty default environment. Some load an environment containing an error
message. Others do nothing.
As a step in the right direction, have the method return an error code.
Then the caller could handle this itself in a consistent way.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In principle this can fail, e.g. if the index is out of range. Adjust the
driver signature to allow returning an error code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We are now using an env_ prefix for environment functions. Rename these
other functions as well, for consistency:
getenv_vlan()
getenv_bootm_size()
getenv_bootm_low()
getenv_bootm_mapsize()
env_get_default()
Suggested-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We are now using an env_ prefix for environment functions. Rename these
for consistency. Also add function comments in common.h.
Suggested-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We are now using an env_ prefix for environment functions. Rename these
two functions for consistency. Also add function comments in common.h.
Quite a few places use getenv() in a condition context, provoking a
warning from checkpatch. These are fixed up in this patch also.
Suggested-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We are now using an env_ prefix for environment functions. Rename these
commonly used functions, for consistency. Also add function comments in
common.h.
Suggested-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We are now using an env_ prefix for environment functions. Rename setenv()
for consistency. Also add function comments in common.h.
Suggested-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the env_save() function directly now that there is only one
implementation of saveenv().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This is a strange name for a function that loads the environment. There is
now only one implementation of this function, so use the new env_load()
function directly instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We only have a single implementation of this function now and it is called
env_get_char(). Drop the old function and the weak version.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a name to the driver and use that instead of the global variable
declared by each driver.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Most of the init() implementations just use the default environment.
Adjust env_init_new() to do this automatically, and drop the redundant
code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
At present we support multiple environment drivers but there is not way to
select between them at run time. Also settings related to the position and
size of the environment area are global (i.e. apply to all locations).
Until these limitations are removed we cannot really support more than one
environment location. Adjust the location to be a choice so that only one
can be selected. By default the environment is 'nowhere', meaning that the
environment exists only in memory and cannot be saved.
Also expand the help for the 'nowhere' option and move it to the top since
it is the default.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Move all of the imply logic to default X if Y so it works again]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Set up a location driver for each supported environment location. At
present this just points to the global functions and is not used. A
later patch will switch this over to use private functions in each driver.
There are several special cases here in various drivers to handle
peculiarities of certain boards:
1. Some boards define CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT and CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT but
do not actually load the environment in SPL. The env load code was
optimised out before but with the driver, it is not. Therefore a special
case is added to env/fat.c. The correct fix (depending on board testing
might be to disable CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT.
2. A similar situations happens with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH. Some boards
do not actually load the environment in SPL, so to reduce code size we
need to drop that code. A similar fix may be possible with these boards,
or it may be possible to adjust the environment CONFIG settings.
Added to the above is that the CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT option does not
apply when the environment is in flash.
Obviously the above has been discovered through painful and time-consuming
trial and error. Hopefully board maintainers can take a look and figure
out what is actually needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we have three states for the environment, numbered 0, 1 and 2.
Add an enum to record this to avoid open-coded values.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These functions are not used outside this file. Make them static and order
them to avoid forward declarations.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
About a quarter of the files in common/ relate to the environment. It
seems better to put these into their own subdirectory and remove the
prefix.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Also introduce CONFIG_USE_BOOTARGS option so we can control if
CONFIG_BOOTARGS defined at all.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
[trini: Resync r8a779[56]_ulcb, various ls10xx targets]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add an mii helper function to resolve flow control status per
IEEE 802.3-2005 table 28B-3.
This function was taken from the Linux source tree.
Signed-off-by: Yuiko Oshino <yuiko.oshino@microchip.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
While it is likely that this entire case is superfluous and can be
removed, correct the test now to match what is in rockchip-common.h and
makes sense based on context of the code. Otherwise we get a large
number of warnings.
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
A few years ago STM32F1 SoCs support has been added :
0144caf22c gpio: stm32: add stm32f1 support
2d18ef2364 ARMv7M: add STM32F1 support
But neither STM32F1 dedicated defconfig nor board was
associated to these commits.
Got confirmation from Tom Rini and Matt Porter to remove
all this code [1]
[1] http://u-boot.10912.n7.nabble.com/Remove-STM32F1-support-td301603.html
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
